Document:

Prepared by R.R. Donnelley Financial -- CREDIT AGREEMENT

Table of Contents

 [EXECUTION COPY] 
  
 
EXHIBIT  10.1 
  
  
  
 CREDIT AGREEMENT 
  
 dated as of 
  
 OCTOBER 30, 2001 
  
 among 
  
 PENN VIRGINIA CORPORATION, 
 as Borrower, 
  
 THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO, 
  
 FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK, 

BANK ONE, NA, and 
 ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, 
 as Co-Syndication Agents, 
  
 and 
  
 THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, 
 as Administrative Agent 
  
 
 
 J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC., 
 as Lead Arranger and
Sole Bookrunner 
  
  
  
 

Table of Contents

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  
 
	  	  	  	  	 Page
 
	 
	 
ARTICLE I    Definitions and Accounting Matters
 	  	 1
 
	 Section 1.01
 	  	 
Terms Defined Above 
 	  	 1
 
	 Section 1.02
 	  	 
Certain Defined Terms
 	  	 1
 
	 Section 1.03
 	  	 
Accounting Terms and Determinations
 	  	 18
 
	 Section 1.04
 	  	 
Types of Loans
 	  	 18
 
	 
	 
ARTICLE II    Commitments 
 	  	 18
 
	 Section 2.01
 	  	 
Loans and Letters of Credit 
 	  	 18
 
	 Section 2.02
 	  	 
Borrowings, Continuations and Conversions, Letters of Credit 
 	  	 20
 
	 Section 2.03
 	  	 
Changes of Maximum Credit Amounts 
 	  	 22
 
	 Section 2.04
 	  	 
Fees 
 	  	 22
 
	 Section 2.05
 	  	 
Several Obligations 
 	  	 22
 
	 Section 2.06
 	  	 
[Intentionally omitted] 
 	  	 23
 
	 Section 2.07
 	  	 
[Intentionally omitted] 
 	  	 23
 
	 Section 2.08
 	  	 
Prepayments 
 	  	 23
 
	 Section 2.09
 	  	 
Borrowing Base 
 	  	 24
 
	 Section 2.10
 	  	 
Assumption of Risks 
 	  	 25
 
	 Section 2.11
 	  	 
Obligation to Reimburse and to Prepay 
 	  	 26
 
	 Section 2.12
 	  	 
Lending Offices 
 	  	 27
 
	 Section 2.13
 	  	 
Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt 
 	  	 27
 
	 
	 
ARTICLE III    Payments of Principal and Interest 
 	  	 28
 
	 Section 3.01
 	  	 
Repayment of Loans 
 	  	 28
 
	 Section 3.02
 	  	 
Interest 
 	  	 28
 
	 
	 
ARTICLE IV    Payments; Pro Rata Treatment; Computations; Etc.
 	  	 29
 
	 Section 4.01
 	  	 
Payments 
 	  	 29
 
	 Section 4.02
 	  	 
Pro Rata Treatment 
 	  	 29
 
	 Section 4.03
 	  	 
Computations 
 	  	 30
 
	 Section 4.04
 	  	 
Non-receipt of Funds by the Administrative Agent 
 	  	 30
 
	 Section 4.05
 	  	 
Set-off, Sharing of Payments, Etc 
 	  	 30
 
	 Section 4.06
 	  	 
Taxes 
 	  	 31
 

 
 

 i 

Table of Contents

  
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (continued) 
  
 
	  	  	  	  	 Page
 
	 Section 4.07
 	  	 
Disposition of Proceeds 
 	  	 34
 
	 
	 
ARTICLE V    Additional Costs and Capital Adequacy 
 	  	 34
 
	 Section 5.01
 	  	 
Additional Costs 
 	  	 35
 
	 Section 5.02
 	  	 
Limitation on Eurodollar Loans 
 	  	 36
 
	 Section 5.03
 	  	 
Illegality 
 	  	 36
 
	 Section 5.04
 	  	 
ABR Loans Pursuant to Sections 5.01, 5.02 and 5.03 
 	  	 37
 
	 Section 5.05
 	  	 
Compensation 
 	  	 37
 
	 Section 5.06
 	  	 
Replacement Lenders 
 	  	 37
 
	 Section 5.07
 	  	 
Time Limit; Etc 
 	  	 38
 
	 
	 
ARTICLE VI    Conditions Precedent 
 	  	 39
 
	 Section 6.01
 	  	 
Initial Funding 
 	  	 39
 
	 Section 6.02
 	  	 
Initial and Subsequent Loans and Letters of Credit 
 	  	 41
 
	 Section 6.03
 	  	 
Termination of Agreement 
 	  	 41
 
	 
	 
ARTICLE VII    Representations and Warranties 
 	  	 42
 
	 Section 7.01
 	  	 
Existence 
 	  	 42
 
	 Section 7.02
 	  	 
Financial Position; No Material Adverse Effect 
 	  	 42
 
	 Section 7.03
 	  	 
Litigation 
 	  	 42
 
	 Section 7.04
 	  	 
No Breach 
 	  	 43
 
	 Section 7.05
 	  	 
Authority; Enforceability 
 	  	 43
 
	 Section 7.06
 	  	 
Approvals 
 	  	 43
 
	 Section 7.07
 	  	 
Use of Loans and Letters of Credit 
 	  	 44
 
	 Section 7.08
 	  	 
ERISA 
 	  	 44
 
	 Section 7.09
 	  	 
Taxes 
 	  	 45
 
	 Section 7.10
 	  	 
Titles, Etc 
 	  	 45
 
	 Section 7.11
 	  	 
No Material Misstatements 
 	  	 45
 
	 Section 7.12
 	  	 
Investment Company Act 
 	  	 46
 
	 Section 7.13
 	  	 
Public Utility Holding Company Act 
 	  	 46
 
	 Section 7.14
 	  	 
Subsidiaries 
 	  	 46
 
	 Section 7.15
 	  	 
Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization 
 	  	 47
 
	 Section 7.16
 	  	 
Defaults 
 	  	 47
 

 
 

 ii 

Table of Contents

  
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (continued) 
 
	  	  	  	  	 Page
 
	 Section 7.17
 	  	 
Environmental Matters 
 	  	 47
 
	 Section 7.18
 	  	 
Compliance with the Law; Maintenance of Properties 
 	  	 47
 
	 Section 7.19
 	  	 
Insurance 
 	  	 48
 
	 Section 7.20
 	  	 
Hedging Agreements 
 	  	 49
 
	 Section 7.21
 	  	 
Restriction on Liens 
 	  	 49
 
	 Section 7.22
 	  	 
Intellectual Property 
 	  	 49
 
	 Section 7.23
 	  	 
Material Personal Property 
 	  	 49
 
	 Section 7.24
 	  	 
Business 
 	  	 49
 
	 Section 7.25
 	  	 
Solvency 
 	  	 50
 
	 Section 7.26
 	  	 
Licenses, Permits, Etc 
 	  	 50
 
	 Section 7.27
 	  	 
Fiscal Year 
 	  	 50
 
	 
	 
ARTICLE VIII    Affirmative Covenants 
 	  	 50
 
	 Section 8.01
 	  	 
Reporting Requirements 
 	  	 50
 
	 Section 8.02
 	  	 
Litigation 
 	  	 53
 
	 Section 8.03
 	  	 
Maintenance, Compliance with Laws, Inspections, Insurance, Etc 
 	  	 53
 
	 Section 8.04
 	  	 
Environmental Matters 
 	  	 54
 
	 Section 8.05
 	  	 
Further Assurances 
 	  	 54
 
	 Section 8.06
 	  	 
Performance of Obligations 
 	  	 54
 
	 Section 8.07
 	  	 
Reserve Reports 
 	  	 55
 
	 Section 8.08
 	  	 
Title Information 
 	  	 55
 
	 Section 8.09
 	  	 
Additional Collateral; Additional Guarantors. 
 	  	 56
 
	 Section 8.10
 	  	 
ERISA Information and Compliance 
 	  	 57
 
	 Section 8.11
 	  	 
Business of the Borrower 
 	  	 57
 
	 Section 8.12
 	  	 
Payment of Taxes and Claims 
 	  	 57
 
	 Section 8.13
 	  	 
Permits, Licenses 
 	  	 58
 
	 
	 
ARTICLE IX    Negative Covenants 
 	  	 58
 
	 Section 9.01
 	  	 
Financial Covenants 
 	  	 58
 
	 Section 9.02
 	  	 
Debt 
 	  	 58
 
	 Section 9.03
 	  	 
Liens 
 	  	 59
 
	 Section 9.04
 	  	 
Dividends, Distributions and Redemptions 
 	  	 60
 

 
 

 iii 

Table of Contents

  
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (continued) 
 
	  	  	  	  	 Page
 
	 
	 Section 9.05
 	  	 
Investments, Loans and Advances 
 	  	 60
 
	 Section 9.06
 	  	 
Designation and Conversion of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries; Debt of Unrestricted Subsidiaries
 	  	 61
 
	 Section 9.07
 	  	 
Nature of Business 
 	  	 61
 
	 Section 9.08
 	  	 
Proceeds of Loans 
 	  	 61
 
	 Section 9.09
 	  	 
ERISA Compliance 
 	  	 62
 
	 Section 9.10
 	  	 
Mergers, Etc 
 	  	 63
 
	 Section 9.11
 	  	 
Sale of Oil and Gas Properties 
 	  	 63
 
	 Section 9.12
 	  	 
Environmental Matters 
 	  	 64
 
	 Section 9.13
 	  	 
Transactions with Affiliates 
 	  	 64
 
	 Section 9.14
 	  	 
Subsidiaries 
 	  	 64
 
	 Section 9.15
 	  	 
Negative Pledge Agreements 
 	  	 64
 
	 Section 9.16
 	  	 
Gas Imbalances, Take-or-Pay or Other Prepayments 
 	  	 64
 
	 Section 9.17
 	  	 
Fiscal Year; Fiscal Quarter 
 	  	 65
 
	 Section 9.18
 	  	 
Hedging Agreements 
 	  	 65
 
	 Section 9.19
 	  	 
Restricted Subsidiaries 
 	  	 65
 
	 
	 
ARTICLE X    Events of Default; Remedies 
 	  	 65
 
	 Section 10.01
 	  	 
Events of Default 
 	  	 65
 
	 Section 10.02
 	  	 
Remedies 
 	  	 67
 
	 
	 
ARTICLE XI    The Agents 
 	  	 68
 
	 Section 11.01
 	  	 
Appointment, Powers and Immunities 
 	  	 68
 
	 Section 11.02
 	  	 
Reliance by Administrative Agent 
 	  	 69
 
	 Section 11.03
 	  	 
Defaults 
 	  	 69
 
	 Section 11.04
 	  	 
Rights as a Lender 
 	  	 69
 
	 Section 11.05
 	  	 
INDEMNIFICATION 
 	  	 69
 
	 Section 11.06
 	  	 
Non-Reliance on the Agents, Arranger and other Lenders 
 	  	 70
 
	 Section 11.07
 	  	 
Action by Administrative Agent 
 	  	 70
 
	 Section 11.08
 	  	 
Resignation or Removal of Agent 
 	  	 71
 
	 Section 11.09
 	  	 
Authority of Administrative Agent to Release Liens 
 	  	 71
 
	 Section 11.10
 	  	 
Arranger and the Co-Syndication Agents 
 	  	 71
 
	 
	 
ARTICLE XII    Miscellaneous 
 	  	 71
 

 
 

 iv 

Table of Contents

  
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (continued) 
  
 
	  	  	  	  	 Page
 
	 Section 12.01
 	  	 
Waiver 
 	  	 71
 
	 Section 12.02
 	  	 
Notices 
 	  	 71
 
	 Section 12.03
 	  	 
Payment of Expenses, Indemnities, etc 
 	  	 73
 
	 Section 12.04
 	  	 
Amendments, Etc 
 	  	 75
 
	 Section 12.05
 	  	 
Successors and Assigns 
 	  	 76
 
	 Section 12.06
 	  	 
Assignments and Participations 
 	  	 76
 
	 Section 12.07
 	  	 
Invalidity 
 	  	 77
 
	 Section 12.08
 	  	 
Counterparts 
 	  	 77
 
	 Section 12.09
 	  	 
References 
 	  	 78
 
	 Section 12.10
 	  	 
Survival 
 	  	 78
 
	 Section 12.11
 	  	 
Captions 
 	  	 78
 
	 Section 12.12
 	  	 
GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION 
 	  	 78
 
	 Section 12.13
 	  	 
Interest 
 	  	 79
 
	 Section 12.14
 	  	 
Confidentiality 
 	  	 80
 
	 Section 12.15
 	  	 
EXCULPATION PROVISIONS 
 	  	 81
 
	 Section 12.16
 	  	 
Collateral Matters; Hedging Agreements 
 	  	 81
 
	 Section 12.17
 	  	 
NO ORAL AGREEMENTS 
 	  	 81
 

 
 

 v 

Table of Contents

 CREDIT AGREEMENT 
  
 THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of October 30, 2001, is among: PENN VIRGINIA CORPORATION, a corporation formed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (the “Borrower”); each of the Lenders from time to
time signatory hereto; FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK (in its individual capacity, “First Union”), BANK ONE, NA(in its individual capacity, “Bank One”), and ROYAL BANK OF CANADA (in its individual
capacity, “RBC”), as co-syndication agents for the Lenders (in such capacity, individually, together with its successors in such capacity, each a “Co-Syndication Agent”, and collectively, together with their
successors in such capacity, the “Co-Syndication Agents”)); and THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK (in its individual capacity, “Chase”), as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its
successors in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”). 
  
 The parties hereto agree as follows: 

 
 ARTICLE I 
 
Definitions and Accounting Matters 
  
 
Section 1.01    Terms Defined Above.    As used in this Agreement, each term defined above shall have the meaning indicated above. 
  
 
Section 1.02    Certain Defined Terms.    As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings (all terms defined in this Article I or in other
provisions of this Agreement in the singular to have the same meanings when used in the plural and vice versa): 
  
 “ABR” or Alternate Base Rate” means, with respect to any ABR Loan, for any day, the highest of (i) the Federal Funds Rate for any such day plus 1/2 of 1%, (ii) the secondary market rate for three-month
certificates of deposit (adjusted for statutory reserve requirements) plus 1%, or (iii) the Prime Rate determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time. Each change in any interest rate provided for herein based upon the ABR resulting from a
change in the ABR shall take effect at the time of such change in the ABR. 
  
 “ABR Loans” means Loans that bear
interest at rates based upon the ABR. 
  
 “Additional Costs” shall have the meaning assigned such term in
Section 5.01(a). 
  
 “Additional Lender Certificate” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.01(d) in the form of Exhibit A. 
  
 “Adjusted Eurodollar Rate” means the Eurodollar Rate, as
adjusted for statutory reserve requirements for eurocurrency liabilities. 
  
 “Administrative Questionnaire” means
an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent. 
  
 “Advance Payment Contract”
means any contract whereby the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives or becomes entitled to receive (either directly or indirectly) any

 

Table of Contents

 
payment (an “Advance Payment”) to be applied toward payment of the purchase price of Hydrocarbons produced or to be produced from Oil and Gas Properties owned by the Borrower or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and which Advance Payment is paid or to be paid in advance of actual delivery of such production to or for the account of the purchaser regardless of such production, and the Advance Payment is, or is to be,
applied as payment in full for such production when sold and delivered or is, or is to be, applied as payment for a portion only of the purchase price thereof or of a percentage or share of such production; provided that inclusion of the
standard provisions in any gas sales or purchase contract or any similar contract shall not in, in and of itself, constitute such contract as an Advance Payment Contract for the purposes hereof. 
  

“Affected Loans” shall have the meaning assigned such term in Section 5.04. 
  
 “Affiliate” of any Person means (i) any Person directly or indirectly controlled by, controlling or under common control with such first Person, (ii) any director or
executive officer of such first Person or of any Person referred to in clause (i) above and (iii) if any Person in clause (i) above is an individual, any member of the immediate family (including parents, spouse and children) of such individual and
any trust whose principal beneficiary is such individual or one or more members of such immediate family and any Person who is controlled by any such member or trust. For purposes of this definition, any Person that owns directly or indirectly 10%
or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body of a corporation or 10% or more of the partnership or other ownership interests of any other Person (other than as a limited partner of such
other Person) will be deemed to “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) such corporation or other Person. 
  
 “Agents” means collectively the Administrative Agent and the Co-Syndication Agents; and “Agent” means either the
Administrative Agent or the Co-Syndication Agents, as the context requires. 
  
 “Aggregate Commitments” at any
time shall equal the sum of the Commitments. 
  
 “Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts” at any time shall equal the
sum of the Maximum Credit Amounts of the Lenders, as the same may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.03(b). 
  
 “Agreement” means this Credit Agreement, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or restated. 
  
 “Applicable Lending Office” means, for each Lender and for each Type of Loan, the lending office of such Lender (or an Affiliate of such Lender) designated for such Type of Loan in its Administrative
Questionnaire or such other offices of such Lender (or of an Affiliate of such Lender) as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower as the office by which its Loans of such Type are to be made and
maintained. 
  
 “Applicable Margin” means the following rate per annum as applicable based on the Borrowing Base
Utilization in effect from time to time: 
 

 2 

Table of Contents

  
 
	 BORROWING BASE UTILIZATION
 
	 
	  	  	 “x” <33%
 	  	 33% £ “x” <66%
 	  	 66% £ “x”
 
	 Adjusted Eurodollar Margin
 	  	 1.375%
 	  	 1.625%
 	  	 1.875%
 
	 ABR Margin
 	  	 0.375%
 	  	 0.625%
 	  	 0.875%
 

 
  
 As used in this definition, “x” means, at any time, the then current
calculation of the Borrowing Base Utilization. 
  
 Each change in the Applicable Margin resulting from a change in the Borrowing
Base Utilization shall take effect at the time of such change, provided, however, that if at any time, the Borrower fails to deliver a Reserve Report pursuant to Section 8.07(a) within 30 days after the date required for such delivery
thereunder, then the “Applicable Margin” means the rate per annum set forth on the then applicable grid when the Borrowing Base Utilization is greater than or equal to 66%. Each change in the Applicable Margin shall apply during the
period commencing on the effective date of such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next change to the Applicable Margin. 
  
 “Approved Petroleum Engineers” means Wright & Company, Inc. or such other reputable firm(s) of independent petroleum engineers as shall be approved by the Required
Lenders. 
  
 “Arranger” means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., in its capacity as arranger. 
  
 “Assignment” shall have the meaning assigned such term in Section 12.06(b). 
  
 “Borrowing Base” means at any time an amount equal to the amount determined in accordance with Section 2.09. 

 
 “Borrowing Base Deficiency” means at any time an amount equal to the amount by which outstanding Loans plus LC Exposure
exceeds the Borrowing Base then in effect. 
  
 “Borrowing Base Utilization” means, as of any day, the fraction
expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the principal balance of all Loans and the LC Exposure outstanding on such day, and the denominator of which is the Borrowing Base in effect on such day. 
  
 “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks are authorized or required to
close in Houston, Texas; and if such day relates to a borrowing or continuation of, a payment or prepayment of principal of or interest on, or a conversion of or into, or the Interest Period for, a Eurodollar Loan or a notice by the Borrower with
respect to any such borrowing or continuation, payment, prepayment, conversion or Interest Period, any day which is also a day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are carried out in the London interbank market. 
 

 3 

Table of Contents

  
 “Capital Leases” means, in respect of any Person, all leases which shall have
been, or should have been, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capital leases on the balance sheet of Person liable (whether contingent or otherwise) for the payment of rent thereunder. 
  
 “Casualty Event” means any loss, casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any
Property or asset of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which were included in the most recent Reserve Report having a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000. 
  
 “Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement. 
  
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time and any successor statute. 
  
 “Collateral” means any and all “Mortgaged Property” and “Collateral”, as defined in all Security Instruments. 
  
 “Commitment” means, for any Lender, its obligation up to the lesser of such Lender’s Maximum Credit Amount or such Lender’s Percentage Share of the then effective Borrowing Base to (i) make
Loans and (ii) participate in the issuance of Letters of Credit as provided in Section 2.01(b). 
  
 “Commitment Fee
Rate” means 0.50% per annum. 
  
 “Consolidated Net Income” means with respect to the Borrower and its
Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, for any period, the aggregate of the net income (or loss) of the Borrower and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries after allowances for taxes for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from such net income (to the extent otherwise included therein) the following: (i) the net income of any Person in which the Borrower or any Consolidated Restricted Subsidiary has an interest (which
interest does not cause the net income of such other Person to be consolidated with the net income of the Borrower and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP), except to the extent of the amount of dividends or
distributions actually paid in such period by such other Person to the Borrower or to a Consolidated Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; (ii) the net income (but not loss) during such period of any Consolidated Restricted Subsidiary to the
extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions or transfers or loans by that Consolidated Restricted Subsidiary is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument or
Governmental Requirement applicable to such Consolidated Restricted Subsidiary or is otherwise restricted or prohibited, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; (iii) the net income (or loss) of any Person acquired in a pooling-of-interests
transaction for any period prior to the date of such transaction; (iv) any extraordinary gains or losses during such period, including gains or losses attributable to (A) Property sales and (B) stock or other equity purchases or divestitures; and
(v) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and any gains or losses attributable to writeups or writedowns of assets; and provided that if the Borrower or any Consolidated Restricted Subsidiary shall acquire or dispose of
any Property or stock or other equity interests during such period or a Subsidiary shall be redesignated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement
 
 

 4 

Table of Contents

 
as either an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary, then, upon delivery to the Administrative Agent of audited or reviewed financial statements or other financial statements
acceptable to the Required Lenders which support a recalculation, Consolidated Net Income shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect to such acquisition, disposition or redesignation, as if such acquisition, disposition or
redesignation had occurred on the first day of such period. 
  
 “Consolidated Subsidiaries” means for any
Person, each Subsidiary of such Person (whether now existing or hereafter created or acquired) the financial statements of which shall be (or should have been) consolidated with the financial statements of such Person in accordance with GAAP.

  
 “Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries” means any Restricted Subsidiaries that are Consolidated Subsidiaries.

  
 “Consolidated Unrestricted Subsidiaries” means any Unrestricted Subsidiaries that are Consolidated
Subsidiaries. 
  
 “Debt” means, for any Person the sum of the following (without duplication): (i) all obligations
of such Person for borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, bankers’ acceptances, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; (ii) all obligations of such Person (whether contingent or otherwise) in respect of letters of credit, surety or
other bonds and similar instruments; (iii) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of Property or services (other than for borrowed money); (iv) all obligations under Capital Leases; (v) all obligations under Synthetic
Leases; (vi) all Debt (as described in the other clauses of this definition) of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Debt is assumed by such Person; (vii) all Debt (as described in the other clauses of this
definition) of others guaranteed by such Person or in which such Person otherwise assures a creditor against loss of the debtor to the extent of the lesser of the amount of such Debt and the maximum stated amount of such guarantee or assurance
against loss; (viii) all obligations or undertakings of such Person to maintain or cause to be maintained the financial position or covenants of others or to purchase the Debt or Property of others; (ix) obligations to deliver goods or services
including Hydrocarbons in consideration of advance payments, including, without limitation, obligations under Advance Payment Contracts; (x) obligations to pay for goods or services whether or not such goods or services are actually received or
utilized by such Person; (xi) any Debt of a partnership for which such Person is liable either by agreement or because of a Governmental Requirement but only to the extent of such liability; (xii) the undischarged balance of any production payment
created by such Person or for the creation of which such Person directly or indirectly received payment ; and (xiii) Net Liabilities in respect of Hedging Obligations. 
  
 “Default” means an Event of Default or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default. 
  
 “Dollars” and “$” means lawful money of the United States of America. 
  
 “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary organized under the laws of any jurisdiction within the United States of America
(including territories thereof). 
 

 5 

Table of Contents

  
 “EBITDAX” means, for any period, the sum of Consolidated Net Income for such
period plus the following expenses or charges to the extent deducted from Consolidated Net Income in such period: Interest Expense, taxes, depreciation, depletion, amortization, exploration expenses, other similar noncash charges and the
amount of cash dividends and distributions paid by the MLP to the Borrower, minus all noncash income added to Consolidated Net Income and any cash dividends, distributions or other payments made by the Borrower to any shareholders of the
Borrower. 
  
 “Eligible Assignee” means a Person (A) which either: (a) is primarily engaged in the business of
commercial banking and is (i) a Lender, (ii) a Subsidiary of a Lender, (iii) a Subsidiary of a Person of which a Lender is a Subsidiary, (iv) a Person of which a Lender is a Subsidiary or (iv) a Lender Affiliate, or (b) is consented to as an
Eligible Assignee by both the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
and (B) which can make one of representations contained in Section 4.06(d)(i). 
  
 “Engineering
Reports” shall have the meaning assigned such term in Section 2.09(c). 
  
 “Environmental Laws”
means any and all Governmental Requirements pertaining to health or the environment in effect in any and all jurisdictions in which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is conducting or at any time has conducted business, or where any Property
of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is located, including without limitation, the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (“OPA”), the Clean Air Act, as amended, the Comprehensive Environmental, Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980
(“CERCLA”), as amended, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (“RCRA”), as amended, the Safe Drinking
Water Act, as amended, the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, as amended, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended, and other environmental conservation or protection
laws. The term “oil” shall have the meaning specified in OPA, the terms “hazardous substance” and “release” (or “threatened release”) have the meanings specified in CERCLA, and the terms “solid
waste” and “disposal” (or “disposed”) have the meanings specified in RCRA; provided, however, that (i) in the event either OPA, CERCLA or RCRA is amended so as to broaden the meaning of any term defined thereby, such broader
meaning shall apply subsequent to the effective date of such amendment and (ii) to the extent the laws of the state in which any Property of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is located establish a meaning for “oil,”
“hazardous substance,” “release,” “solid waste” or “disposal” which is broader than that specified in either OPA, CERCLA or RCRA, such broader meaning shall apply. 
  
 “Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental
remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage,
treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment,
 
 

 6 

Table of Contents

 
or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing. 
  
 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time and any successor statute.

  
 “ERISA Affiliate” means each trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which together with the Borrower
or any Subsidiary would be deemed to be a “single employer” within the meaning of section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA or subsections (b), (c), (m) or (o) of section 414 of the Code. 
  
 “ERISA Event” means (i) a “Reportable Event” described in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder for which reporting has not been waived
under such regulations, (ii) the withdrawal of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Plan during a plan year in which it was a “substantial employer” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, (iii) the filing of a notice of intent to
terminate a Plan or the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 of ERISA, (iv) the institution of proceedings to terminate a Plan by the PBGC or (v) any other event or condition which might constitute grounds under Section
4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan. 
  
 “Eurodollar
Loans” means Loans the interest rates on which are determined on the basis of rates referred to in the definition of “Adjusted Eurodollar Rate”. 
  
 “Eurodollar Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the rate appearing on Page 3750 of the Telerate Service (or on any successor or substitute page of such
Service, or any successor to or substitute for such Service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such Service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing
quotations of interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a maturity
comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurodollar Rate” with respect to such Eurodollar Loan for such Interest Period shall be the rate at which dollar
deposits of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Global Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m.,
London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period. 
  
 “Event of Default” shall
have the meaning assigned such term in Section 10.01. 
  
 “Excepted Liens” means: (i) Liens for taxes,
assessments or other governmental charges or levies which are not delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate action and for which adequate reserves have been maintained in accordance with GAAP; (ii) Liens in connection with
workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other social security, old age pension or public liability obligations which are not delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate action and for which adequate reserves
have been maintained in accordance with GAAP; (iii) operators’, vendors’, carriers’, warehousemen’s,
 
 

 7 

Table of Contents

 
repairmen’s, mechanics’, suppliers’, workers’, materialmen’s, construction or other like Liens arising by operation of law in the ordinary course of business or incident
to the exploration, development, operation and maintenance of Oil and Gas Properties or statutory landlord’s liens, including lessee or operator obligations under statutes, governmental regulations or instruments related to the ownership,
exploration and production of oil, gas and minerals on private, state, federal or foreign lands or waters, each of which is in respect of obligations that have not been outstanding more than sixty (60) days or which are being contested in good faith
by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been maintained in accordance with GAAP; (iv) Liens which (A) arise in the ordinary course of business under operating agreements, joint venture agreements, oil and gas partnership
agreements, oil and gas leases, farm-out agreements, division orders, contracts for the sale, transportation or exchange of oil and natural gas, unitization and pooling declarations and agreements, area of mutual interest agreements, overriding
royalty agreements, marketing agreements, processing agreements, net profits agreements, development agreements, gas balancing or deferred production agreements, injection, repressuring and recycling agreements, salt water or other disposal
agreements, seismic or other geophysical permits or agreements, and other agreements which are usual and customary in the oil and gas business and (B) are for claims which either are not delinquent or are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and as to which the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have set aside on its books such reserves as may be required pursuant to GAAP, provided that any such Lien referred to in this clause does not materially impair the use of
the Property covered by such Lien for the purposes for which such Property is held by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or materially impair the value of such Property subject thereto; (v) Liens reserved in oil and gas mineral leases, or
created by statute, to secure royalty, net profits interests, bonus payments, rental payments or other payments out of or with respect to the production, transportation or processing of Hydrocarbons, and compliance with the terms of such Hydrocarbon
Interests, provided that such Liens secure claims which either are not delinquent or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiary shall have set aside on its books such
reserves as may be required pursuant to GAAP; (vi) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies and burdening only deposit accounts or other
funds maintained with a creditor depository institution, provided that (A) no such deposit account is a dedicated cash collateral account or is subject to restrictions against access by the depositor in excess of those set forth by regulations
promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and (B) no such deposit account is intended by Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to provide collateral to the depository institution; (vii) all other non-consensual
defects in title (which might otherwise constitute Liens) arising in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s business or incidental to the ownership of their respective Properties; provided that no such Liens
shall secure the payment of Debt or shall, in the aggregate, materially detract from the value or marketability of the Property subject thereto or materially impair the use or operation thereof in the operation of the business of the Borrower or
such Restricted Subsidiary; (viii) encumbrances (other than to secure the payment of borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of Property or services), easements, restrictions, servitudes, permits, conditions, covenants, exceptions or
reservations in any Property of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of roads, pipelines, transmission lines, transportation lines, distribution lines for the removal of gas, oil, coal or other minerals or timber, and other like
purposes, or for the joint or common use of
 
 

 8 

Table of Contents

 
real estate, rights of way, facilities and equipment, and defects, irregularities, zoning restrictions and deficiencies in title of any Property which in the aggregate do not materially impair
the use of such Property for the purposes of which such Property is held by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or materially impair the value of such Property subject thereto; (ix) Liens on cash or securities pledged to secure performance of
surety and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and return of money bonds, bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, regulatory obligations and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
and (x) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default, provided that (A) any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which
such proceeding may be initiated shall not have expired and (B) no action to enforce such Lien has been commenced. 
  
 “Existing Credit Facility” means that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 30, 1999, among the Borrower, The Chase Manhattan Bank, and the lenders and the agents party thereto, and the other
agreements or instruments executed and delivered in connection with, or as security for the payment or performance of the obligations thereunder, as such agreements may have been amended, supplemented or restated from time to time. 

 
 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any Property, the cash value which a Person which is not an Affiliate of the
Borrower would pay in an arms-length transaction to purchase the specified Property. 
  
 “Federal Funds Rate”
means, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with a member of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal
funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day, provided that (i) if the date for which such rate is to be determined is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for
such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (ii) if such rate is not so published for any day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average
rate charged to the Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent. 
  
 “Financial Statements” means the financial statement or statements of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries referred to in Section 6.01(r). 
  
 “Fiscal Quarter” means a three-month period ending on the last day of December, March, June or September of any year. 
  
 “Fiscal Year” means a twelve-month period ending on the last day of December 31 of any year. 
  
 “Form W-8 BEN Certification” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.06(d). 
  
 “Form W-8 ECI Confirmation” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.06(d). 
 

 9 

Table of Contents

  
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of
America as in effect on the Closing Date. 
  
 “Governmental Authority” means, in respect of any Person, the
country, the state, county, city and political subdivisions in which such Person or such Person’s Property is located or which exercises valid jurisdiction over such Person or such Person’s Property, and any court, agency, department,
commission, board, bureau or instrumentality of any of them including monetary authorities which exercises valid jurisdiction over such Person or such Person’s Property. Unless otherwise specified, all references to Governmental Authority
herein shall mean a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over, where applicable, the Borrower, the Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their Property or the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Applicable Lending Office. 

 
 “Governmental Requirement” means any law, statute, code, ordinance, order, determination, rule, regulation, judgment,
decree, injunction, franchise, permit, certificate, license, authorization or other directive or requirement, including, without limitation, Environmental Laws, energy regulations and occupational, safety and health standards or controls, of any
Governmental Authority. 
  
 “Guarantors” means: Penn Virginia Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation, Penn Virginia
Oil & Gas Corporation, a Virginia corporation, Penn Virginia Oil & Gas Corporation, a Texas corporation, EnerSearch, Inc., a Virginia corporation, and each other Material Domestic Subsidiary that guarantees the Indebtedness pursuant to
Section 8.09(b). 
  
 “Guaranty Agreement” means an agreement executed by the Guarantors in
substantially the form of Exhibit E guarantying on a joint and several basis, unconditionally, payment of the Indebtedness, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. 
  
 “Hazardous Material” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other
pollutants, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law, and any petroleum, petroleum
products or petroleum distillates and associated oil or natural gas exploration, production and development wastes that are not exempted or excluded from being defined as “hazardous substances”, “hazardous materials”,
“hazardous wastes” and “toxic substances” under such Environmental Laws. 
  
 “Hedging
Agreements” means any commodity, interest rate or currency swap, cap, floor, collar, forward agreement or other exchange or protection agreements or any option with respect to any such transaction. 
  
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, all liabilities (including but not limited to obligations and liabilities
arising in connection with or as a result of early or premature termination of a Hedging Agreement, whether or not occurring as a result of a default thereunder) of such Person under a Hedging Agreement. 
  
 “Highest Lawful Rate” means, with respect to each Lender, the maximum nonusurious interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time
to time may be contracted for, taken, reserved, 
 

 10 

Table of Contents

 
charged or received on the Indebtedness under laws applicable to such Lender which are presently in effect or, to the extent allowed by law, under such applicable laws which may hereafter be in
effect and which allow a higher maximum nonusurious interest rate than applicable laws now allow. 
  
 “Hydrocarbon
Interests” means all rights, titles, interests and estates now or hereafter acquired in and to oil and gas leases, oil, gas and mineral leases, or other liquid or gaseous hydrocarbon leases, mineral fee interests, overriding royalty and
royalty interests, net profit interests and production payment interests, including any reserved or residual interests of whatever nature. 
  
 “Hydrocarbons” means oil, gas, casinghead gas, drip gasoline, natural gasoline, condensate, distillate, liquid hydrocarbons, gaseous hydrocarbons and all products refined or separated therefrom.

  
 “Incumbent Board” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.01(j). 

 
 “Indebtedness” means any and all amounts owing or to be owing by the Borrower or any Guarantor (i) to the Administrative
Agent, the Issuing Bank and/or Lenders under any Loan Document; (ii) to any Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender under any Hedging Agreements entered into while such Person (or its Affiliate) was a Lender hereunder; and (iii) all renewals, extensions
and/or rearrangements of any of the above. 
  
 “Indemnified Parties” shall have the meaning assigned such term in
Section 12.03(b). 
  
 “Indemnity Matters” means any and all actions, suits, proceedings (including any
investigations, litigation or inquiries), claims, demands and causes of action made or threatened against a Person and, in connection therewith, all losses, liabilities, damages (including, without limitation, consequential damages) or reasonable
costs and expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred by such Person whether caused by the sole or concurrent negligence of such Person seeking indemnification. 
  
 “Initial Funding” means the funding of the initial Loans or issuance of the initial Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 6.01. 
  
 “Initial Reserve Report” means the report of Wright & Company, Inc. dated as of March 1, 2001 with respect to the value of the Oil
and Gas Properties of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of January 1, 2001. 
  
 “Interest
Expense” means, for any period, the sum (determined without duplication) of the aggregate amount of interest expense paid (or payable) in cash during such period on Debt of the Borrower and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries
(including the interest portion of payments under Capital Leases and Synthetic Leases). 
  
 “Interest Period”
means, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Loan is made and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the first, second, third or sixth calendar month thereafter, as the Borrower may select as
provided in Section 2.02, except that each Interest Period which commences on the last Business Day of a
 
 

 11 

Table of Contents

 
calendar month (or on any day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the appropriate subsequent calendar month) shall end on the last Business Day of the appropriate subsequent
calendar month. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) no Interest Period for any Loan may commence before and end after the
Termination Date; (ii) each Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day shall end on the next succeeding Business Day (or, if such next succeeding Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar month, on the
next preceding Business Day); and (iii) no Interest Period shall have a duration of less than one month and, if the Interest Period for any Eurodollar Loans would otherwise be for a shorter period, such Loans shall not be available hereunder.

  
 “Investment” means, for any Person: (i) the acquisition (whether for cash, Property, services or securities or
otherwise) of equity interests of any other Person or any agreement to make any such acquisition (including, without limitation, any “short sale” or any sale of any securities at a time when such securities are not owned by the Person
entering into such short sale), (ii) the making of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to, any other Person (including the purchase of Property from another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or
otherwise, to resell such Property to such Person, but excluding any such advance, loan or extension of credit having a term not exceeding ninety (90) days representing the purchase price of inventory or supplies sold by such Person in the ordinary
course of business), or (iii) the entering into of any guarantee of, or other contingent obligation with respect to, Debt or other liability of any other Person and (without duplication) any amount committed to be advanced, lent or extended to such
Person. 
  
 “Issuing Bank” means Chase or any other Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender agreed to between the
Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Lender or such Affiliate of any Lender, as applicable. 
  
 “LC
Commitment” at any time means Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000). 
  
 “LC Exposure” at any time means
(without duplication): (i) the aggregate face amount of all undrawn and uncancelled Letters of Credit and (ii) the aggregate of all amounts drawn under all Letters of Credit and not yet reimbursed. 
  
 “Lender” means each of the lenders that is a signatory hereto or which becomes a signatory hereto as provided in Section 12.06.

  
 “Lender Affiliate” means, (i) with respect to any Lender, (a) an Affiliate of such Lender or (b) any entity
(whether a corporation, partnership, trust or otherwise) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and is administered or managed by a
Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender and (ii) with respect to any Lender that is a fund which invests in bank loans and similar extensions of credit, any other fund that invests in bank loans and similar extensions of credit and is managed by the
same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor. 
 

 12 

Table of Contents

  
 “Letter of Credit Agreements” means the written agreements with the Issuing
Bank executed in connection with the issuance by the Issuing Bank of the Letters of Credit, such agreements to be on the Issuing Bank’s customary form for letters of credit of comparable amount and purpose as from time to time in effect or as
otherwise agreed to by the Borrower and the Issuing Bank. 
  
 “Letters of Credit” means the letters of credit
issued pursuant to Section 2.01(b) and all reimbursement obligations pertaining to any such letters of credit, and “Letter of Credit” means any one of the Letters of Credit and the reimbursement obligations pertaining thereto.

  
 “Lien” means any interest in Property securing an obligation owed to, or a claim by, a Person other than the
owner of the Property, whether such interest is based on the common law, statute or contract, and whether such obligation or claim is fixed or contingent, and including but not limited to (i) the lien or security interest arising from a mortgage,
encumbrance, pledge, security agreement, conditional sale or trust receipt or a lease, consignment or bailment for security purposes or (ii) production payments and the like payable out of Oil and Gas Properties. The term “Lien” shall
include reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights of way, covenants, conditions, restrictions, leases and other title exceptions and encumbrances affecting Property. 
  
 “Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Letter of Credit Agreements, the Letters of Credit, the Security Instruments, any Hedging Agreements with the Lenders or any
Affiliates of any Lender, or any notes, all applications, all instruments, certificates and agreements now or hereafter executed or delivered to the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to any of the foregoing, and all amendments,
modifications, renewals, extensions, increases and rearrangements of, and substitutions for, any of the foregoing. 
  
 “Loans” means Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(a). 
  
 “Majority Lenders”
means Lenders having at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts. 
  
 “Material Adverse
Effect” means any material and adverse effect on (i) the assets, liabilities, financial condition, business, operations or affairs of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of the Borrower and its
Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to carry out their business as at the Closing Date or meet their obligations under the Loan Documents on a timely basis or (iii) the rights, benefits and remedies of the Lenders under the Loan Documents.

  
 “Material Domestic Subsidiary” means as of any date, any Domestic Subsidiary that (i) is a wholly-owned
Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) together with its Restricted Subsidiaries, owns Property having a Fair Market Value of $2,000,000 or more. 
  
 “Maximum Credit Amount” means, as to each Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Annex I under the caption “Maximum Credit Amounts”, as the same may be
reduced pursuant to Section 2.03(b), increased pursuant to Section 2.01(d) or modified from time to time to reflect any assignments permitted by Section 12.06(b). 
 

 13 

Table of Contents

  
 “MLP” means Penn Virginia Resource Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership. 
  
 “MLP IPO” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(j). 
  
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successors thereto that is a nationally recognized rating agency.

  
 “Mortgaged Property” means the Property owned by the Borrower or any Guarantor and which is subject to the
Liens existing and to exist under the terms of the Security Instruments. 
  
 “Multiemployer Plan” means a Plan
defined as such in Section 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA. 
  
 “Net Liabilities” means, with respect to any Person,
the net mark-to-market value determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Notice of Termination” shall have the
meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.06(a). 
  
 “Oil and Gas Properties” means Hydrocarbon Interests;
the Properties now or hereafter pooled or unitized with Hydrocarbon Interests; all presently existing or future unitization, pooling agreements and declarations of pooled units and the units created thereby (including without limitation all units
created under orders, regulations and rules of any Governmental Authority) which may affect all or any portion of the Hydrocarbon Interests; all operating agreements, contracts and other agreements, including production sharing contracts and
agreements, which relate to any of the Hydrocarbon Interests or the production, sale, purchase, exchange or processing of Hydrocarbons from or attributable to such Hydrocarbon Interests; all Hydrocarbons in and under and which may be produced and
saved or attributable to the Hydrocarbon Interests, including all oil in tanks, the lands covered thereby and all rents, issues, profits, proceeds, products, revenues and other incomes from or attributable to the Hydrocarbon Interests; all
tenements, hereditaments, appurtenances and Properties in any manner appertaining, belonging, affixed or incidental to the Hydrocarbon Interests; and all Properties, rights, titles, interests and estates described or referred to above, including any
and all Property, real or personal, now owned or hereinafter acquired and situated upon, used, held for use or useful in connection with the operating, working or development of any of such Hydrocarbon Interests or Property (excluding drilling rigs,
automotive equipment, rental equipment or other personal Property which may be on such premises for the purpose of drilling a well or for other similar temporary uses) and including any and all oil wells, gas wells, injection wells or other wells,
buildings, structures, fuel separators, liquid extraction plants, plant compressors, pumps, pumping units, field gathering systems, tanks and tank batteries, fixtures, valves, fittings, machinery and parts, engines, boilers, meters, apparatus,
equipment, appliances, tools, implements, cables, wires, towers, casing, tubing and rods, surface leases, rights-of-way, easements and servitudes together with all additions, substitutions, replacements, accessions and attachments to any and all of
the foregoing. 
  
 “Other Taxes” shall have the meaning assigned such term in Section 4.06(b).

  
 “PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions.

 

 14 

Table of Contents

  
 “Percentage Share” means the percentage of the Aggregate Maximum Credit
Amounts to be provided by a Lender under this Agreement as indicated on Annex I hereto, as modified from time to time to reflect any assignments permitted by Section 12.06(b). 
  
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, company, limited liability company, voluntary association, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or
government or any agency, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof, or any other form of entity. 
  
 “Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, which is subject to Title IV of ERISA or which is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, excluding any such Plan which
is a Multiemployer Plan, and which (i) is currently or hereafter sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate or (ii) was at any time during the preceding six calendar years sponsored, maintained or contributed to,
by the Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate. 
  
 “Post-Default Rate” means, in respect of any principal of any Loan or
any other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document which is not paid when due, a rate per annum equal to 2% per annum above the ABR as in effect from time to time plus the Applicable Margin (if any), but in no event to exceed
the Highest Lawful Rate. 
  
 “Prime Rate” means the rate of interest from time to time announced publicly by the
Administrative Agent at the Principal Office as its prime commercial lending rate. Such rate is set by the Administrative Agent as a general reference rate of interest, taking into account such factors as the Administrative Agent may deem
appropriate, it being understood that many of the Administrative Agent’s commercial or other loans are priced in relation to such rate, that it is not necessarily the lowest or best rate actually charged to any customer and that the
Administrative Agent may make various commercial or other loans at rates of interest having no relationship to such rate. 
  
 “Principal Office” means the principal office of the Administrative Agent, presently located at 712 Main Street, Houston, Texas 77002 or such other location as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time.

  
 “Property” means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible
or intangible. 
  
 “Proved Developed Producing Hydrocarbon Reserves” shall mean those Proved Hydrocarbon Reserves
which are recoverable from completion intervals currently open and producing to market. Improved recovery reserves are considered to be producing only after an improved recovery project has been installed and is in operation. 

 
 “Proved Hydrocarbon Reserves” shall mean those recoverable Hydrocarbons which have been proved to a high degree of certainty
by reason of existing production, adequate testing, or in certain cases by adequate core data and other engineering and geologic information on zones which are present in existing wells or in known reservoirs. Reserves that can be produced
economically through the application of established improved recovery techniques are included in the proved classification when (a) successful testing by a pilot project or the operation of any
 
 

 15 

Table of Contents

 
installed program in that reservoir or one in the immediate area with similar rock and fluid properties provides support for the engineering analysis on which the project or program was based,
and (b) it is reasonably certain the project will proceed. Reserves to be recovered by improved recovery techniques that have yet to be established through repeated economically successful applications are included in the proved category only after
successful testing by a pilot project or after the operation of an installed program in the reservoir provides support for the engineering analysis on which the project or program was based. Improved recovery includes all methods for supplement
natural reservoir including (1) pressure maintenance, (2) cycling and (3) secondary recovery in its original sense. Improved recovery also includes the enhanced recovery methods of thermal, chemical flooding, and the use of miscible and immiscible
displacement fluids. 
  
 “Quarterly Date” means the last day of each March, June, September and December, in each
year, the first of which shall be December 31, 2001; provided, however, that if any such day is not a Business Day, such Quarterly Date shall be the next succeeding Business Day. 
  

“Redetermination Date” means the date that the redetermined Borrowing Base becomes effective subject to the notice requirements specified in Section 2.09(b)
both for scheduled redeterminations and unscheduled redeterminations. 
  
 “Regulation D” means Regulation D of the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor), as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time. 
  
 “Regulatory Change” means, with respect to any Lender, any change after the Closing Date in any Governmental Requirement (including Regulation D) or the adoption or making after such date of any interpretations, directives
or requests applying to a class of lenders (including such Lender or its Applicable Lending Office) of or under any Governmental Requirement (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or
administration thereof. 
  
 “Replacement Lenders” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section
5.06(b). 
  
 “Required Lenders” means, at any time while no Loans or Letters of Credit are outstanding,
Lenders having at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts; and at any time while Loans or Letters of Credit are outstanding, Lenders holding at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the
outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Loans or participation interests in such Letters of Credit (without regard to any sale by a Lender of a participation in any Loan under Section 12.06(c)). 
  
 “Required Payment” shall have the meaning assigned such term in Section 4.04. 
  
 “Reserve Report” means a report, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, setting forth, as of each January 1 or
July 1 (or such other date in the event of an unscheduled redetermination) the oil and gas reserves attributable to the Oil and Gas Properties of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, together with a projection of the rate of production and
future net income, taxes, operating expenses and capital expenditures with respect thereto as of such date, based upon the pricing assumptions consistent with SEC reporting requirements at the time. 
 

 16 

Table of Contents

  
 “Responsible Officer” means, as to any Person, the Chief Executive Officer,
the President, the Chief Financial Officer or any Vice President of such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references to a Responsible Officer herein shall mean a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. 
  
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means, as of any date, (i) any Subsidiary that is not designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary either (A) on
Schedule 7.14 or (B) in the manner set forth in Section 9.06(b). As of the Closing Date, the Restricted Subsidiaries are designated on Schedule 7.14 as such. 
  
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of McGraw-Hill, Inc., and any successors thereto that is a nationally recognized rating agency.

  
 “Scheduled Redetermination Date” means April 1st and October 1st of each year on which the Borrowing Base is
scheduled for redetermination under Section 2.09, commencing April 1, 2002. 
  
 “SEC” means the
Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor Governmental Authority. 
  
 “Security Instruments” means the
Guaranty Agreement, mortgages, deeds of trust and other agreements or instruments described or referred to in Exhibit F, and any and all other agreements or instruments now or hereafter executed and delivered by the Borrower or any other
Person (including participation or similar agreements between any Lender and any other lender or creditor with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to this Agreement) in connection with, or as security for the payment or performance of the
Indebtedness, as such agreements may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time. 
  
 “Subsidiary”
means (i) any Person of which at least a majority of the outstanding shares of stock or other voting interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors, manager or other governing body of such
Person (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any other class or classes of such Person shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by
the Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries or by the Borrower and one or more of its Subsidiaries and (ii) any partnership of which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a general partner. Unless otherwise indicated herein, each reference
to the term “Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Borrower. 
  
 “Synthetic Leases” means, in respect of
any Person, all leases which shall have been, or should have been, in accordance with GAAP, treated as operating leases on the financial statements of the Person liable (whether contingently or otherwise) for the payment of rent thereunder and which
were properly treated as indebtedness for borrowed money for purposes of U.S. federal income taxes, if the lessee in respect thereof is obligated to either purchase for an amount in excess of, or pay upon early termination an amount in excess of,
85% of the residual value of the Property subject to such operating lease upon expiration or early termination of such lease. 
 

 17 

Table of Contents

  
 “Tangible Net Worth” means the consolidated net worth of the Borrower and its
Restricted Subsidiaries after subtracting therefrom the aggregate amount of any intangible assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including goodwill, franchises, licenses, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, service marks
and brand names. 
  
 “Taxes” shall have the meaning assigned such term in Section 4.06(a). 

 
 “Terminated Lender” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.06(a). 
  
 “Termination Date” means, unless the Commitments are sooner terminated pursuant to Section 2.03(b) or Section 10.02,
October 30, 2004. 
  
 “Total Debt” means all Debt of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis described under clauses (i) through (xii) of the definition of “Debt”. 
  
 “Type” shall have the meaning assigned such term in Section 1.04. 
  
 “Unrestricted
Subsidiary” means Penn Virginia Coal Holding, a Delaware corporation, Kanawa Rail Corp., a Virginia corporation, Penn Virginia Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation, each of their respective Subsidiaries, and any other Subsidiary of
Borrower that is designated either (i) on Schedule 7.14 or (ii) in the manner set forth in Section 9.06(b). As of the Closing Date, the Unrestricted Subsidiaries are designated on Schedule 7.14 as such. 

 
 “Unused Amount” means the then effective Borrowing Base minus the sum of the outstanding Loans and the LC Exposure.

  
 
Section 1.03    Accounting Terms and Determinations.    Unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all determinations with respect
to accounting matters hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements and certificates and reports as to financial matters required to be furnished to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder shall be prepared, in accordance with
GAAP, applied on a basis consistent with the audited financial statements of the Borrower referred to in Section 7.02 (except for changes concurred with by the Borrower’s independent public accountants). 
  
 
Section 1.04    Types of Loans.    Loans hereunder are distinguished by “Type”. The “Type” of a Loan refers to the determination whether such Loan is
a Eurodollar Loan or an ABR Loan. 
  
 ARTICLE II 
 
Commitments 
  
 
Section 2.01    Loans and Letters of Credit. 
  
 (a)    Loans.    Each Lender severally agrees, on the terms of this Agreement, to make loans to the Borrower during the period from and including (i) the Closing Date or (ii) such later date
that such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement as provided in Section 12.06(b), to but excluding, the Termination Date in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding up to but not exceeding the amount of such Lender’s
Commitment as then in effect; provided,

 

 18 

Table of Contents

 
however, that the aggregate principal amount of all such Loans by all Lenders hereunder at any one time outstanding together with the LC Exposure shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments.
Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow the amount of the Aggregate Commitments. 
  
 (b)    Letters of Credit.    Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Lender (or its Affiliates) that has agreed to act as an Issuing Bank agrees to extend credit for the account of the
Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries at any time and from time to time by issuing, renewing, extending or reissuing Letters of Credit; provided, however, that the LC Exposure at any one time outstanding shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the LC
Commitment or (ii) the Aggregate Commitments, as then in effect, minus the aggregate principal amount of all Loans then outstanding. The Lenders shall participate in such Letters of Credit according to their respective Percentage Share of the
Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts. Each of the Letters of Credit shall (A) be issued by the Issuing Bank, (B) contain such terms and provisions as are reasonably required by the Issuing Bank, (C) be for the account of the Borrower or one of its
Restricted Subsidiaries and (D) expire not later than the earlier of (1) one year from the date of issuance, renewal, extension or reissuance or (2) the Termination Date; provided, any Letter of Credit with a one year tenor may provide for
the renewal thereof for additional one year periods which shall in no event extend beyond the Termination Date. 
  
 (c)    Limitation on Types of Loans.    Subject to the other terms and provisions of this Agreement, at the option of the Borrower, the Loans may be ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; provided
that, without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders, no more than six (6) Eurodollar Loans may be outstanding at any time to any Lender. 
  
 (d)    Increase in Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts.    The Borrower shall have the right, with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (provided that such
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), to increase the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts; provided that (i) the aggregate amount of all such increases shall not exceed $50,000,000, (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing at the effective date of such proposed increase, (iii) on the effective date of such increase, no Eurodollar Loans shall be outstanding (or if any Eurodollar Loans are outstanding, the effective date of such increase shall be the
last day of the Interest Period in respect of such Eurodollar Loans) and (iv) no Lender’s Maximum Credit Amount may be increased without the consent of such Lender. 
  
 If the Borrower desires to effect an increase in the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts, the Borrower and the financial institution(s) that the Borrower proposes to become a Lender
hereunder, and, if applicable, the existing Lender(s) the Borrower proposes to increase their existing Maximum Credit Amount shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (an
“Additional Lender Certificate”). Upon receipt of such Additional Lender Certificate, if the Administrative Agent consents to the proposed increase in the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts: (A) the amount of the Aggregate Maximum
Credit Amounts shall be so increased, (B) the Administrative Agent shall amend and distribute to the Borrower and the Lenders a revised Annex I adding or amending, as applicable, the Maximum Credit Amount of any Lender executing the
Additional Lender Certificate and the revised Percentage Shares of the Lenders, (C) any such additional Lender shall be deemed to be a party in all respect to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as of the effective date set
 
 

 19 

Table of Contents

 
forth in such Additional Lender Certificate and (D) upon the effective date set forth in such Additional Lender Certificate, any such Lender party to the Additional Lender Certificate shall
purchase a pro rata portion of the outstanding Loans (and participation interests in Letters of Credit) of each of the current Lenders such that the Lenders (including any additional Lender, if applicable) shall hold their Percentage Share of the
outstanding Loans (and participation interests) as reflected in Annex I required by this Section 2.01(d). If the Administrative Agent does not consent to the increase in the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amount in accordance with this Section
2.01(d), the Maximum Credit Amount shall remain unchanged. 
  
 
Section 2.02    Borrowings, Continuations and Conversions, Letters of Credit. 
  
 (a)    Borrowings.    The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) advance notice as hereinafter provided of each borrowing of Loans hereunder,
which shall specify the aggregate amount of such borrowing, the Type and the date (which shall be a Business Day) of the Loans to be borrowed and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the duration of the Interest Period therefor. 

 
 (b)    Minimum Amounts.    All ABR Loan borrowings shall be in amounts of at least $500,000 or
the remaining balance of the Aggregate Commitments, if less, or any whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof, and all Eurodollar Loans shall be in amounts of at least $1,000,000 or any whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof. 

 
 (c)    Notices.    All borrowings, continuations and conversions shall require advance written
notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) in the form of Exhibit B hereto (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed by such a written notice), which in each case shall be irrevocable, from the Borrower to be
received by the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. Houston, Texas time on the date of each ABR Loan borrowing and not later than 11:00 a.m. Houston, Texas time three (3) Business Days prior to the date of each Eurodollar Loan borrowing,
continuation or conversion. Without in any way limiting the Borrower’s obligation to confirm in writing any telephonic notice, the Administrative Agent may act without liability upon the basis of telephonic notice believed by the Administrative
Agent in good faith to be from the Borrower prior to receipt of written confirmation. In each such case, the Borrower hereby waives the right to dispute the Administrative Agent’s record of the terms of such telephonic notice except in the case
of gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Administrative Agent. 
  
 (d)    Continuation
Options.    Subject to the provisions made in this Section 2.02(d), the Borrower may elect to continue all or any part of any Eurodollar Loan beyond the expiration of the then current Interest Period relating thereto
by giving advance notice as provided in Section 2.02(c) to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of such election, specifying the amount of such Loan to be continued and the Interest Period therefor. In the
absence of such a timely and proper election, the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Eurodollar Loan to a ABR Loan pursuant to Section 2.02(e). All or any part of any Eurodollar Loan may be continued as provided herein;
provided that (i) any continuation of any such Loan (or any part thereof) shall be in amounts of at least $1,000,000 or any whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof and (ii) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

 20 

Table of Contents

 
If a Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Eurodollar Loan shall be converted to a ABR Loan on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto. 
  
 (e)    Conversion Options.    The Borrower may elect to convert all or any part of any Eurodollar Loan on
the last day of the then current Interest Period relating thereto to a ABR Loan by giving advance notice as provided in Section 2.02(a) to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of such election. Subject to the
provisions made in this Section 2.02(e), the Borrower may elect to convert all or any part of any ABR Loan at any time and from time to time to a Eurodollar Loan by giving advance notice as provided in Section 2.02(c) to the
Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of such election. All or any part of any outstanding Eurodollar Loan may be converted as provided herein; provided that (i) any conversion of any ABR Loan into a Eurodollar Loan
(or any part thereof) shall be in amounts of at least $1,000,000 or any whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof and (ii) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 
  
 (f)    Advances.    Not later than 1:00 p.m. Houston, Texas time on the date specified for each borrowing hereunder, each Lender shall make
available the amount of the Loan to be made by it on such date to the Administrative Agent, to an account which the Administrative Agent shall specify, in immediately available funds, for the account of the Borrower. The amounts so received by the
Administrative Agent shall, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, be made available to the Borrower by depositing the same, in immediately available funds, in an account of the Borrower, designated by the Borrower. 

 
 (g)    Letters of Credit.    The Borrower shall give the Issuing Bank (which shall promptly
notify the Lenders of such request) advance notice to be received by the Issuing Bank not later than 11:00 a.m. Houston, Texas time not less than three (3) Business Days prior thereto of each request for the issuance and at least three (3) Business
Days prior to the date of the renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit hereunder which request shall specify the amount of such Letter of Credit, the date (which shall be a Business Day) such Letter of Credit is to be issued, renewed or extended,
the duration thereof, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof, the form of the Letter of Credit and such other information as the Issuing Bank may reasonably request all of which shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Bank. Subject
to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the date specified for the issuance, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall issue such Letter of Credit to the beneficiary thereof. 
  
 In conjunction with the issuance of each Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall execute a Letter of Credit Agreement in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Issuing Bank. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between any provision of a Letter of Credit Agreement and this Agreement, the Borrower, the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the
provisions of this Agreement shall govern. 
  
 The Issuing Bank will send to the Borrower and each Lender, upon issuance of any
Letter of Credit, or an amendment thereto, a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit, or such amendment thereto. 
 

 21 

Table of Contents

  
 
Section 2.03    Changes of Maximum Credit Amounts. 
  
 (a)    Maximum Credit Amounts.    The Aggregate Commitments shall at all times be equal to the lesser of (i) the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts after adjustments resulting from reductions
pursuant to Section 2.03(b) or (ii) the Borrowing Base in effect from time to time. 
  
 (b)    Voluntary Reduction/Termination.    The Borrower shall have the right to terminate in whole or to reduce in part the amount of the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts at any time or from
time to time upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of each such termination or reduction, which notice shall specify the effective date thereof and the
amount of any such reduction (which in the case of any partial reduction shall not be less than $5,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof) and shall be irrevocable and effective only upon receipt by the Administrative Agent;
provided, however, that the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts can never be less than the sum of the outstanding Loans and the LC Exposure. 
  
 (c)    Reinstatement.    The Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts once terminated or reduced may not be reinstated. 
  
 
Section 2.04    Fees. 
  
 (a)    Commitment
Fees.    The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender, a commitment fee which shall accrue at the Commitment Fee Rate on the daily average amount of the Unused Amount. Accrued commitment
fees shall be payable quarterly in arrears on each Quarterly Date and on the earlier of the date the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts are terminated or the Termination Date. 
  
 (b)    Letter of Credit Fees. 
  
 (i)    The Borrower agrees to pay the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender, a quarterly letter of credit fee in respect of all Letters of Credit outstanding during such quarter, at
a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin then in effect from time to time during such quarter for Eurodollar Loans, on such Lender’s Percentage Share of the daily average aggregate stated amount of such Letters of Credit, payable in
arrears on each Quarterly Date and on the later of the Termination Date or the date of termination of the last outstanding Letter of Credit. 
  
 (ii)    A fronting fee for each Letter of Credit equal to the greater of (i) $500 or (ii) 0.125% per annum on the face amount of each Letter of Credit, shall be payable quarterly in arrears to the
Issuing Bank for its own account. In addition, customary administrative, issuance, amendment, payment and negotiation charges shall be payable to the Issuing Bank for its own account. 
  
 
Section 2.05 Several Obligations. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan to be made by it or to provide funds for disbursements or reimbursements under Letters of Credit on the date specified therefor shall not
relieve any other Lender of its obligation to make its Loan or provide funds on such date, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender

 

 22 

Table of Contents

 
to make a Loan to be made by such other Lender or to provide funds to be provided by such other Lender. 
  
 
Section 2.06    [Intentionally omitted]. 
  
 
Section 2.07    [Intentionally omitted]. 
  
 
Section 2.08    Prepayments. 
  
 (a)    Voluntary
Prepayments.    The Borrower may prepay the ABR Loans on any Business Day by giving notice not later than 11:00 a.m. Houston, Texas time on the date of the proposed prepayment to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly
notify the Lenders), which notice shall specify the prepayment date (which shall be a Business Day), the Type of Loan being prepaid and the amount of the prepayment (which shall be in increments of $1,000,000 that are not less than $1,000,000 or the
remaining aggregate principal balance outstanding, if less) and shall be irrevocable and effective only upon receipt by the Administrative Agent; provided that interest on the principal prepaid, accrued to the prepayment date, shall be paid on the
prepayment date. The Borrower may prepay Eurodollar Loans on the same condition as for ABR Loans; provided that (i) such notice be given no later than 11:00 a.m. Houston, Texas time three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed date of
prepayment, (ii) the amount of such prepayment is in an increment of $1,000,000 that is not less than $1,000,000 and (iii) such prepayments of Eurodollar Loans shall be subject to the terms of Section 5.05. 
  
 (b)    Mandatory Prepayments. 
  
 (i)    If at any time the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Loans plus the LC Exposure exceeds the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts, the
Borrower shall (A) prepay the Loans on the date of such termination or reduction in an aggregate principal amount equal to the excess, together with interest on the principal amount paid accrued to the date of such prepayment, and (B) if any excess
remains after prepaying all of the Loans, pay to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders an amount equal to the excess to be held as cash collateral as provided in Section 2.11(b). 
  
 (ii)    Upon any redetermination of or adjustment to the amount of the Borrowing Base in accordance with
Section 2.09, 8.08(c) or 9.11, if the redetermined or adjusted Borrowing Base is less than the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans plus the LC Exposure, then the Borrower shall: (A) prepay the Loans in an
aggregate principal amount equal to such excess, together with interest on the principal amount paid accrued to the date of such prepayment, and (B) if a Borrowing Base Deficiency remains after prepaying all of the Loans as a result of an LC
Exposure, pay to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders an amount equal to such Borrowing Base Deficiency to be held as cash collateral as provided in Section 2.11(b). The Borrower shall be obligated to make such prepayment and/or
deposit of cash collateral within sixty (60) days following its receipt of the written notice of the new Borrowing Base in accordance with Section 2.09(b) or the date the adjustment occurs. 
  
 (c)    Generally.    Prepayments permitted or required under this Section 2.08 shall be without
premium or penalty, except as required under Section 5.05 for prepayment of Eurodollar

 

 23 

Table of Contents

 
Loans. Any prepayments on the Loans may be reborrowed subject to the then effective Aggregate Commitments. 
  
 
Section 2.09    Borrowing Base. 
  
 (a)    Amount.    For the period from and including the Closing Date to but not including the first Redetermination Date, the amount of the Borrowing Base shall be $140,000,000. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Borrowing Base will be subject to interim adjustments pursuant to either Section 8.08(c) or Section 9.11. 
  
 (b)    Redetermination.    On or before March 15th and September 15th of each year, commencing March 15, 2002, the Administrative Agent shall propose in writing to the
Borrower and the Lenders a new Borrowing Base in accordance with Section 2.09(c) (assuming receipt by the Administrative Agent of the Engineering Reports in a timely and complete manner). After having received notice of such proposal by the
Administrative Agent, each Lender shall have fifteen (15) days to agree with such proposal or disagree by proposing an alternate Borrowing Base. If at the end of such fifteen (15) days, any Lender has not communicated its approval or disapproval,
such silence shall be deemed to be an approval. If, however, at the end of such 15-day period, the Lenders or the Majority Lenders, as applicable, have not approved or deemed to have approved, as aforesaid, the proposed Borrowing Base, then the
Borrowing Base shall be determined in accordance with Section 2.09(d). After such redetermined Borrowing Base is approved by (i) all Lenders in the case of any increase in the Borrowing Base, (ii) the Majority Lenders in the case of any
maintenance or any decrease in the Borrowing Base, or (iii) as otherwise determined as provided in Section 2.09(d), the Administrative Agent will notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the amount of the redetermined Borrowing Base, and such
amount shall become effective and applicable to the Borrower, the Agents and the Lenders as of the next succeeding April 1st or October 1st, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, any increase in the Borrowing Base shall require
approval or deemed approval of all the Lenders as set forth in this Section 2.09(b). 
  
 (c)    Engineering Reports.    Upon receipt of the Reserve Report and such other reports, data and supplemental information, including the information provided pursuant to Section
8.07(c), as may, from time to time, be reasonably requested by the Required Lenders (the “Engineering Reports”), the Administrative Agent will evaluate such information. The Administrative Agent, with the approval or deemed
approval of the Lenders as set forth in Section 2.09(b), but subject to the terms of Section 2.09(d), shall, in good faith, redetermine the Borrowing Base based upon such information and such other information (including, without
limitation, the status of title information with respect to the Oil and Gas Properties as described in the Engineering Reports and the existence of any other Debt) as the Administrative Agent deems appropriate and consistent with its normal oil and
gas lending criteria as it exists at the particular time. Such redetermination shall be accomplished not later than and effective as of the first (1st) day of each April and October of each calendar year, assuming that the Borrower shall have
furnished the Engineering Reports in a timely and complete manner as required by Section 8.07. In assessing whether to approve or reject a proposed Borrowing Base, each Lender will assess, in good faith, the Engineering Reports and the other
information as they deem appropriate and consistent with its respective normal oil and gas lending criteria as it exists at the particular time. 
 

 24 

Table of Contents

  
 (d)    Consensus and Failure of
Consensus.    Except as hereinafter provided, the decision of the Lenders or Majority Lenders, as applicable, with respect to any Borrowing Base determination shall control; provided, however, if the Lenders or Majority
Lenders, as applicable, have not approved or are not deemed to have approved the Borrowing Base as of the date such a determination is called for in Section 2.09(b), the Administrative Agent shall poll the Lenders to ascertain the highest
Borrowing Base then acceptable to a number of Lenders sufficient to constitute the Lenders or Majority Lenders, as applicable, for purposes of this Section 2.09 and such amount shall then become the Borrowing Base until the next Scheduled
Redetermination Date or the next date on which an interim redetermination occurs under Section 2.09(e) or the next adjustment under either Section 8.08(c) or Section 9.11. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, any increase in
the Borrowing Base shall require approval or deemed approval of all the Lenders as set forth in Section 2.09(b). 
  
 (e)    Interim Redeterminations.    The Borrower may, at its option, one time during any 12-month period initiate an interim redetermination of the Borrowing Base. In addition, the Borrower
may, at its option, in connection with any acquisition (or any series of acquisitions occurring since the most recent redetermination of the Borrowing Base) by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Oil and Gas Properties having a purchase
price, either individually or in the aggregate, of $50,000,000 or more, initiate an interim redetermination of the Borrowing Base. The Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Required Lenders, in their option) may one time during any 12-month
period initiate an interim redetermination of the Borrowing Base. The Borrowing Base also may be redetermined in accordance with Section 9.10(a). 
  
 
Section 2.10    Assumption of Risks.    The Borrower assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any transferee thereof with
respect to its use of such Letter of Credit. None of the Issuing Bank (except in the case of willful misconduct or bad faith on the part of the Issuing Bank or any of its employees), its correspondents or any Lender shall be responsible for: the
validity, sufficiency or genuineness of certificates or other documents or any endorsements thereon, even if such certificates or other documents should in fact prove to be invalid, insufficient, fraudulent or forged; for errors, omissions,
interruptions or delays in transmissions or delivery of any messages by mail, telex or otherwise, whether or not such messages be in code; for errors in translation or for errors in interpretation of technical terms; the validity or sufficiency of
any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign any Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason; the failure
of any beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit to comply fully with conditions required in order to draw upon any Letter of Credit; or for any other consequences arising from causes beyond the Issuing Bank’s control or the control
of the Issuing Bank’s correspondents. In addition, neither the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall be responsible for any error, neglect or default of any of the Issuing Bank’s correspondents; and none of the above
shall affect, impair or prevent the vesting of any of the Issuing Bank’s, the Administrative Agent’s or any Lender’s rights or powers hereunder or under the Letter of Credit Agreements, all of which rights shall be cumulative. The
Issuing Bank and its correspondents may accept certificates or other documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation of any matter contained therein, regardless of any notice or information to the
contrary. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing provisions, the Borrower agrees that any action, inaction or omission taken or not taken by the Issuing Bank or by any

 

 25 

Table of Contents

 
correspondent for the Issuing Bank in good faith in connection with any Letter of Credit, or any related drafts, certificates, documents or instruments, shall be binding on the Borrower and shall
not put the Issuing Bank or its correspondents under any resulting liability to the Borrower. 
  
 
Section 2.11    Obligation to Reimburse and to Prepay. 
  
 (a)    If a disbursement by the Issuing Bank is made under any Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent within two (2) Business Days after notice of any such disbursement is received by the
Borrower, the amount of each such disbursement made by the Issuing Bank under the Letter of Credit (if such payment is not sooner effected as may be required under this Section 2.10 or under other provisions of the Letter of Credit), together
with interest on the amount disbursed from and including the date of disbursement until payment in full of such disbursed amount at a varying rate per annum equal to (i) the then applicable interest rate for ABR Loans through the second (2nd)
Business Day after notice of such disbursement is received by the Borrower and (ii) thereafter, the Post-Default Rate (but in no event to exceed the Highest Lawful Rate) for the period from and including the third (3rd) Business Day following the
date of such disbursement to and including the date of repayment in full of such disbursed amount; provided that any disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to have been reimbursed to the Issuing Bank by the Borrower with the
proceeds of a borrowing of a ABR Loan from each of the Lenders based upon their Percentage Share of the amount disbursed if the Borrower was otherwise entitled to borrow funds under Section 6.02, but subject to minimum amounts required under
Section 2.02(b). The obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement with respect to each Letter of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and shall be paid or performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement under all circumstances whatsoever, including, without limitation, but only to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the following circumstances: (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any Letter of Credit
or any of the Security Instruments; (ii) any amendment or waiver of (including any default), or any consent to departure from this Agreement (except to the extent permitted by any amendment or waiver), any Letter of Credit or any of the Security
Instruments; (iii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other rights which the Borrower may have at any time against the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons for whom any such
beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, the Security Instruments, the transactions contemplated
hereby or any unrelated transaction; (iv) any statement, certificate, draft, notice or any other document presented under any Letter of Credit proves to have been forged, fraudulent, insufficient or invalid in any respect or any statement therein
proves to have been untrue or inaccurate in any respect whatsoever; (v) payment by the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate which appears on its face to comply, but does not comply, with the terms of
such Letter of Credit; and (vi) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. 
  
 Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Borrower will not be liable for payment or performance that results from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Bank, except where the Borrower or any
Restricted Subsidiary actually recovers the proceeds for itself or the Issuing Bank of any payment made by the Issuing Bank in connection with such gross negligence or willful misconduct. 
 

 26 

Table of Contents

  
 (b)    In the event of the occurrence of any Event of Default, a payment or
prepayment with respect to the LC Exposure is required under Section 2.08(b) or the maturity of the Indebtedness, whether by acceleration or otherwise, an amount equal to the LC Exposure (or the excess attributable to the LC Exposure in the
case of Section 2.08(b)) shall be deemed to be forthwith due and owing by the Borrower to the Issuing Bank and the Lenders as of the date of any such occurrence, and the Borrower’s obligation to pay such amount shall be absolute and
unconditional, without regard to whether any beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit has attempted to draw down all or a portion of such amount under the terms of a Letter of Credit, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not
be subject to any defense or be affected by a right of set-off, counterclaim or recoupment which the Borrower may now or hereafter have against any such beneficiary, the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or any other Person for any
reason whatsoever. Such payments shall be held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders as cash collateral securing the LC Exposure in an account or accounts at the Principal Office, and the Borrower hereby grants to and by its deposit
with the Administrative Agent grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Bank and the Lenders, a security interest in such cash collateral. In the event of any such payment by the Borrower of amounts contingently owing under
outstanding Letters of Credit and in the event that thereafter drafts or other demands for payment complying with the terms of such Letters of Credit are not made prior to the respective expiration dates thereof, the Administrative Agent agrees, if
no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or if no other amounts are outstanding under this Agreement or the Loan Documents, to remit to the Borrower amounts for which the contingent obligations evidenced by the Letters of Credit have
ceased. 
  
 (c)    Each Lender severally and unconditionally agrees that it shall promptly reimburse the
Issuing Bank, through the Administrative Agent, an amount equal to such Lender’s Percentage Share of the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts of any disbursement made by the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit that is not reimbursed by the
Borrower according to this Section 2.11 or alternatively, to make a Loan for the account of the Borrower equal to its Percentage Share of the amount disbursed. 
  
 
Section 2.12    Lending Offices.    The Loans of each Type made by each Lender shall be made and maintained at such Lender’s Applicable Lending Office for Loans of such
Type. 
  
 
Section 2.13    Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. 
  
 (a)    The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Loan of such Lender on the Termination Date. 

 
 (b)    Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the
Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder. 
  
 (c)    The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the
Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and

 

 27 

Table of Contents

 
payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share
thereof. 
  
 (d)    The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (b) or (c) of this
Section 2.13 shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any
manner affect the obligation of Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 
  
 (e)    Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or,
if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after any
assignment pursuant to Section12.06) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

  
 ARTICLE III 
 
Payments of Principal and Interest 
  
 
Section 3.01    Repayment of Loans.    On the Termination Date, the Borrower shall repay the then outstanding aggregate principal on the Loans. 
  
 
Section 3.02    Interest. 
  
 (a)    Interest
Rates.    The Borrower will pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender, interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan made by such Lender for the period commencing on the date such Loan is made to
but excluding the date such Loan shall be paid in full, at the following rates per annum: 
  
 (i)    if such a Loan is a ABR Loan, the ABR (as in effect from time to time) plus the Applicable Margin (as in effect from time to time), but in no event to exceed the Highest Lawful Rate; and 
  
 (ii)    if such a Loan is a Eurodollar Loan, for each Interest Period relating thereto, the Eurodollar Rate for
such Loan plus the Applicable Margin (as in effect from time to time), but in no event to exceed the Highest Lawful Rate. 
  
 (b)    Post-Default Rate.    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower will pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender, interest at the applicable Post-Default Rate on
any principal of any Loan made by such Lender, and (to the fullest extent permitted by law) on any other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder or under any Loan Document to or for account of such Lender, for the period commencing on the date such
amount was due and payable (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) until the same is paid in full. 
 

 28 

Table of Contents

  
 (c)    Due Dates.    Accrued interest on ABR
Loans shall be payable on each Quarterly Date commencing on December 31, 2001 and on the Termination Date, and accrued interest on each Eurodollar Loan shall be payable on the last day of the Interest Period therefor and, if such Interest Period is
longer than three months at three-month intervals following the first day of such Interest Period, except that interest payable at the Post-Default Rate shall be payable from time to time on demand and interest on any Eurodollar Loan that is
converted into a ABR Loan (pursuant to Section 5.04) shall be payable on the date of conversion (but only to the extent so converted) and all accrued and unpaid interest shall be due and payable on the Termination Date. 

 
 (d)    Determination of Rates.    Promptly after the determination of any interest rate
provided for herein or any change therein, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders to which such interest is payable. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall, except in
cases of manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding on the parties hereto. 
  
 ARTICLE IV 
 
Payments; Pro Rata Treatment; Computations; Etc. 
  
 
Section 4.01    Payments.    Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, all payments of principal, interest and other amounts to be made by the Borrower or any Guarantor
under the Loan Documents shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent at such account as the Administrative Agent shall specify by notice to the Borrower from time to time, not later than 1:00 p.m. Houston,
Texas time on the date on which such payments shall become due (each such payment made after such time on such due date to be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day). Such payments shall be made without (to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law) defense, set-off or counterclaim. Each payment received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any Loan Document for account of a Lender shall be paid promptly to such Lender in immediately available funds.
Except as provided in clause (iii) of the definition of “Interest Period”, if the due date of any payment under this Agreement or any Loan Document would otherwise fall on a day which is not a Business Day such date shall be
extended to the next succeeding Business Day and interest shall be payable for any principal so extended for the period of such extension. At the time of each payment to the Administrative Agent of any principal of or interest on any borrowing, the
Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of the Type of Loans to which such payment shall apply. In the absence of such notice, the Administrative Agent may specify the Type of Loans to which such payment shall apply, but, to the extent
possible, such payment or prepayment will be applied first to the Loans comprised of ABR Loans. 
  
 
Section 4.02    Pro Rata Treatment.    Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Lender agrees that: (a) each borrowing from the Lenders under Section 2.01
and each continuation and conversion under Section 2.02 shall be made from the Lenders pro rata in accordance with their Percentage Share of Loan being so borrowed, continued or converted, each payment of commitment fee or Letter of Credit
(other than the facing fee) fees under Section 2.04(b)(i) shall be made for account of the Lenders pro rata in accordance with their Percentage Share of the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts, and each termination or reduction of the amount of
the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts under Section 2.03(b) shall be applied to the Maximum Credit Amount of each Lender, pro rata in accordance with its

 

 29 

Table of Contents

 
Percentage Share of the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts; (b) each payment of principal of Loans shall be made for account of the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the respective unpaid
principal amount of the Loans held by all Lenders; (c) each payment of interest of Loans shall be made for account of the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the amounts of interest due and payable to all of the Lenders; and (d) each reimbursement
by the Borrower of disbursements under Letters of Credit shall be made for account of the Issuing Bank or, if funded by the Lenders, pro rata for the account of the Lenders, in accordance with the amounts of reimbursement obligations due and payable
to each respective Lender. 
  
 
Section 4.03    Computations.    Interest on Eurodollar Loans and fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed (including the first day but
excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such interest is payable, unless such calculation would exceed the Highest Lawful Rate, in which case interest shall be calculated on the per annum basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the
case may be. Interest on ABR Loans shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such interest is
payable. 
  
 
Section 4.04    Non-receipt of Funds by the Administrative Agent.    Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by a Lender or the Borrower prior to the date on
which such notifying party is scheduled to make payment to the Administrative Agent (in the case of a Lender) of the proceeds of a Loan or a payment under a Letter of Credit to be made by it hereunder or (in the case of the Borrower) a payment to
the Administrative Agent for account of one or more of the Lenders hereunder (such payment being herein called the “Required Payment”), which notice shall be effective upon receipt, that it does not intend to make the Required
Payment to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Required Payment has been made and may, in reliance upon such assumption (but shall not be required to), make the amount thereof available to the intended recipient(s)
on such date and, if such Lender or the Borrower (as the case may be) has not in fact made the Required Payment to the Administrative Agent, the recipient(s) of such payment shall, on demand, repay to the Administrative Agent the amount so made
available together with interest thereon in respect of each day during the period commencing on the date such amount was so made available by the Administrative Agent until but excluding the date the Administrative Agent recovers such amount at a
rate per annum which, for any Lender as recipient, will be equal to the Federal Funds Rate, and for the Borrower as recipient, will be equal to the ABR plus the Applicable Margin. 
  
 
Section 4.05    Set-off, Sharing of Payments, Etc. 
  
 (a)    Right of Set-off.    The Borrower agrees that, in addition to (and without limitation of) any right of set-off, bankers’ lien or counterclaim a Lender may otherwise have, each
Lender shall have the right and be entitled (after consultation with the Administrative Agent), at its option, to offset (i) balances held by it or by any of its Affiliates for account of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary at any of its
offices, in Dollars or in any other currency, and (ii) amounts due and payable to such Lender (or any Affiliate of such Lender) under any Hedging Agreement, against any principal of or interest on any of such Lender’s Loans, or any other amount
due and payable to such Lender hereunder, which is not paid when due (regardless of whether such balances are then due to the Borrower), in which case it shall promptly notify the

 

 30 

Table of Contents

 
Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof, provided that such Lender’s failure to give such notice or to so consult shall not affect the validity thereof. 
  
 (b)    Sharing.    If any Lender shall obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any
Loan made by it to the Borrower under this Agreement (or reimbursement as to any Letter of Credit) through the exercise of any right of set-off, banker’s lien or counterclaim or similar right or otherwise, and, as a result of such payment, such
Lender shall have received payment of a greater proportion of the principal or interest (or reimbursement) then due hereunder by the Borrower to all Lenders, then it shall promptly (i) notify the Administrative Agent and each other Lender thereof
and (ii) purchase from such other Lenders participations in (or, if and to the extent specified by such Lender, direct interests in) the Loans (or participations in Letters of Credit) made by such other Lenders (or in interest due thereon, as the
case may be) in such amounts, and make such other adjustments from time to time as shall be equitable, to the end that all the Lenders shall share the benefit of such excess payment (net of any expenses which may be incurred by such Lender in
obtaining or preserving such excess payment) pro rata in accordance with the unpaid principal and/or interest on the Loans held by each of the Lenders (or reimbursements of Letters of Credit). To such end all the Lenders shall make appropriate
adjustments among themselves (by the resale of participations sold or otherwise) if such payment is rescinded or must otherwise be restored. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation (or direct interest) in the Loans made by
other Lenders (or in interest due thereon, as the case may be) may exercise all rights of set-off, banker’s lien, counterclaim or similar rights with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct holder of Loans (or
Letters of Credit) in the amount of such participation. Nothing contained herein shall require any Lender to exercise any such right or shall affect the right of any Lender to exercise, and retain the benefits of exercising, any such right with
respect to any other indebtedness or obligation of the Borrower. If under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, any Lender receives a secured claim in lieu of a setoff to which this Section 4.05 applies, such Lender
shall, to the extent practicable, exercise its rights in respect of such secured claim in a manner consistent with the rights of the Lenders entitled under this Section 4.05 to share the benefits of any recovery on such secured claim.

  
 
Section 4.06    Taxes. 
  
 (a)    Payments Free and
Clear.    Any and all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made, in accordance with Section 4.01, free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions,
charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of each Lender, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent, taxes imposed on its income, receipts, total assets, net worth, shareholders’ capital and
franchise or similar taxes imposed on it, by (i) any jurisdiction (or political subdivision thereof) of which the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or such Lender, as the case may be, is a citizen or resident or in which such Lender has an
Applicable Lending Office, (ii) the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) in which the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or such Lender is organized, or (iii) any jurisdiction (or political subdivision thereof) in which such
Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent is presently doing business in which taxes are imposed solely as a result of doing business in such jurisdiction (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings
and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as “Taxes”). If the Borrower shall be

 

 31 

Table of Contents

 
required by law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to the Lenders, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent (i) the sum payable shall be increased by the
amount necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 4.06) such Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) shall receive an
amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxing authority or other Governmental Authority
in accordance with applicable law. 
  
 (b)    Other Taxes.    In addition, to the
fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower agrees to pay any present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies that arise from any payment made hereunder or from the
execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement, any Assignment or any other Loan Document (hereinafter referred to as “Other Taxes”). 
  
 (c)    INDEMNIFICATION.    TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE BORROWER WILL INDEMNIFY EACH LENDER, THE ISSUING BANK AND
THE AGENTS FOR THE FULL AMOUNT OF TAXES AND OTHER TAXES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY TAXES OR OTHER TAXES IMPOSED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY ON AMOUNTS PAYABLE UNDER THIS SECTION 4.06) PAID BY SUCH LENDER, THE ISSUING BANK OR ANY
AGENT (ON THEIR BEHALF OR ON BEHALF OF ANY LENDER), AS THE CASE MAY BE, AND ANY LIABILITY (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, PENALTIES, INTEREST AND EXPENSES) ARISING THEREFROM OR WITH RESPECT THERETO, WHETHER OR NOT SUCH TAXES OR OTHER TAXES WERE
CORRECTLY OR LEGALLY ASSERTED UNLESS THE PAYMENT OF SUCH TAXES WAS NOT CORRECTLY OR LEGALLY ASSERTED AND SUCH LENDER’S PAYMENT OF SUCH TAXES OR OTHER TAXES WAS THE RESULT OF ITS GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT. ANY PAYMENT PURSUANT TO
SUCH INDEMNIFICATION SHALL BE MADE WITHIN THIRTY (30) DAYS AFTER THE DATE ANY LENDER, THE ISSUING BANK OR THE RELEVANT AGENT, AS THE CASE MAY BE, MAKES WRITTEN DEMAND THEREFOR. IF ANY LENDER OR AGENT RECEIVES A REFUND OR CREDIT IN RESPECT OF ANY
TAXES OR OTHER TAXES FOR WHICH SUCH LENDER, THE ISSUING BANK OR AGENT HAS RECEIVED PAYMENT FROM THE BORROWER IT SHALL PROMPTLY NOTIFY THE BORROWER OF SUCH REFUND OR CREDIT AND SHALL, IF NO DEFAULT HAS OCCURRED AND IS CONTINUING, WITHIN THIRTY (30)
DAYS AFTER RECEIPT OF A REQUEST BY THE BORROWER (OR PROMPTLY UPON RECEIPT, IF THE BORROWER HAS REQUESTED APPLICATION FOR SUCH REFUND OR CREDIT PURSUANT HERETO), PAY AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO SUCH REFUND OR CREDIT TO THE BORROWER WITHOUT INTEREST (BUT WITH
ANY INTEREST SO REFUNDED OR CREDITED); PROVIDED THAT THE BORROWER, UPON THE REQUEST OF SUCH LENDER, THE ISSUING BANK OR SUCH AGENT, AGREES TO RETURN SUCH REFUND OR CREDIT (PLUS PENALTIES, INTEREST OR OTHER CHARGES) TO SUCH LENDER OR THE
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT IN THE EVENT SUCH LENDER OR AGENT IS REQUIRED TO REPAY SUCH REFUND OR CREDIT. 
 

 32 

Table of Contents

  
 (d)    Lender Representations. 
  
 (i)    Each Lender represents that it is either (1) a corporation or banking association organized under the laws of the United
States of America or any state thereof or (2) it is entitled to complete exemption from United States withholding tax imposed on or with respect to any payments, including fees, to be made to it pursuant to this Agreement (A) under an applicable
provision of a tax convention to which the United States of America is a party or (B) because it is acting through a branch, agency or office in the United States of America and any payment to be received by it hereunder is effectively connected
with a trade or business in the United States of America. Each Lender that is not a corporation or banking association organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof agrees to provide to the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent on the Closing Date, or on the date of its delivery of the Assignment pursuant to which it becomes a Lender, and at such other times as required by United States law or as the Borrower or the Administrative Agent shall
reasonably request, two accurate and complete original signed copies of either (A) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 ECI (or successor form) certifying that all payments to be made to it hereunder will be effectively connected to a United States
trade or business (the “Form W-8 ECI Certification”) or (B) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 BEN (or successor form) certifying that it is entitled to the benefit of a provision of a tax convention to which the United States of
America is a party which completely exempts from United States withholding tax all payments to be made to it hereunder (the “Form W-8 BEN Certification”). In addition, each Lender agrees that if it previously filed a Form W-8 ECI
Certification, it will deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a new Form W-8 ECI Certification prior to the first payment date occurring in each of its subsequent taxable years; and if it previously filed a Form W-8 BEN Certification,
it will deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a new certification prior to the first payment date falling in the third year following the previous filing of such certification. Each Lender also agrees to deliver to the Borrower and
the Administrative Agent such other or supplemental forms as may at any time be required as a result of changes in applicable law or regulation in order to confirm or maintain in effect its entitlement to exemption from United States withholding tax
on any payments hereunder, provided that the circumstances of such Lender at the relevant time and applicable laws permit it to do so. If a Lender determines, as a result of any change in either (i) a Governmental Requirement or (ii) its
circumstances, that it is unable to submit any form or certificate that it is obligated to submit pursuant to this Section 4.06, or that it is required to withdraw or cancel any such form or certificate previously submitted, it shall promptly
notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of such fact. If a Lender is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States of America, unless the Borrower and the Administrative Agent have received a Form W-8 BEN
Certification or Form W-8 ECI Certification satisfactory to them indicating that all payments to be made to such Lender hereunder are not subject to United States withholding tax, the Borrower shall withhold taxes from such payments at the
applicable statutory rate. Each Lender agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Borrower or Administrative Agent, as applicable, from any United States taxes, penalties, interest and other expenses, costs and losses incurred or payable by (i) the
Administrative Agent as a result of such Lender’s failure to submit any form or certificate that it is required to provide pursuant to this Section 4.06
 
 

 33 

Table of Contents

 
or (ii) the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as a result of their reliance on any such form or certificate which such Lender has provided to them pursuant to this Section 4.06.

  
 (ii)    For any period with respect to which a Lender has failed to provide the Borrower with the form
required pursuant to this Section 4.06, if any (other than if such failure is due to a change in a Governmental Requirement occurring subsequent to the date on which a form originally was required to be provided), such Lender shall not be
entitled to indemnification under Section 4.06 with respect to taxes imposed by the United States which taxes would not have been imposed but for such failure to provide such forms; provided, however, that should a Lender which is otherwise
exempt from or subject to a reduced rate of withholding tax become subject to taxes because of its failure to deliver a form required hereunder, the Borrower shall take such steps as such Lender shall reasonably request to assist such Lender to
recover such taxes. 
  
 (iii)    Any Lender claiming any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section
4.06 shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and regulatory restrictions) to file any certificate or document requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent or to change the jurisdiction of its Applicable Lending Office or to
contest any tax imposed if the making of such a filing or change or contesting such tax would avoid the need for or reduce the amount of any such additional amounts that may thereafter accrue and would not, in the sole determination of such Lender,
be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender. 
  
 
Section 4.07    Disposition of Proceeds.    The Security Instruments contain an assignment by the Borrower unto and in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the
Lenders of all of the Borrower’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ interest in and to production and all proceeds attributable thereto which may be produced from or allocated to the Mortgaged Property, and the Security Instruments further
provide in general for the application of such proceeds to the satisfaction of the Indebtedness and other obligations described therein and secured thereby. Notwithstanding the assignment contained in such Security Instruments, until the occurrence
of an Event of Default, the Lenders (a) agree that they will neither notify the purchaser or purchasers of such production nor take any other action to cause such proceeds to be remitted to the Lenders, but the Lenders will instead permit such
proceeds to be paid to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to take such actions as may be necessary to cause such proceeds to be paid to the Borrower and/or such Restricted Subsidiaries.

  
 ARTICLE V 
 
Additional Costs and Capital Adequacy 
  
 
Section 5.01    Additional Costs. 
  
 (a)    Eurodollar
Regulations, etc.    The Borrower shall pay directly to each Lender from time to time such amounts as such Lender may determine to be necessary to compensate such Lender for any costs which it determines are attributable to
its making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loans or its obligation to make any Eurodollar Loans hereunder, or any reduction in any amount receivable by such Lender hereunder in respect of any of such Eurodollar Loans or

 

 34 

Table of Contents

 
such obligation (such increases in costs and reductions in amounts receivable being herein called “Additional Costs”), resulting from any Regulatory Change which: (i) changes the
basis of taxation of any amounts payable to such Lender under this Agreement in respect of any of such Eurodollar Loans (other than taxes imposed on the overall net income, receipts, total assets, net worth and franchise and other similar taxes of
such Lender or of its Applicable Lending Office for any of such Eurodollar Loans by the jurisdiction in which such Lender has its principal office or Applicable Lending Office); or (ii) imposes or modifies any reserve, special deposit, minimum
capital, capital ratio or similar requirements relating to any extensions of credit or other assets of, or any deposits with or other liabilities of such Lender, or any portion of the Aggregate Commitments or Loans of such Lender or the Eurodollar
interbank market; or (iii) imposes any other condition affecting this Agreement (or any of such extensions of credit or liabilities) or such Lender’s Commitment or Loans. Each Lender will notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower of any
event occurring after the Closing Date which will entitle such Lender to compensation pursuant to this Section 5.01(a) as promptly as practicable after it obtains knowledge thereof and determines to request such compensation, and will
designate a different Applicable Lending Office for the Loans of such Lender affected by such event if such designation will avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such compensation and will not, in the sole opinion of such Lender, be
disadvantageous to such Lender, provided that such Lender shall have no obligation to so designate an Applicable Lending Office located in the United States. If any Lender requests compensation from the Borrower under this Section 5.01(a),
the Borrower may, by notice to such Lender, suspend the obligation of such Lender to make additional Eurodollar Loans until the Regulatory Change giving rise to such request ceases to be in effect (in which case the provisions of Section 5.04
shall be applicable). 
  
 (b)    Regulatory Change.    Without limiting the effect
of the provisions of Section 5.01(a), in the event that, by reason of any Regulatory Change or any other circumstances arising after the Closing Date affecting such Lender, the Eurodollar interbank market or such Lender’s position in
such market, any Lender either (i) incurs Additional Costs based on or measured by the excess above a specified level of the amount of a category of deposits or other liabilities of such Lender which includes deposits by reference to which the
interest rate on Eurodollar Loans is determined as provided in this Agreement or a category of extensions of credit or other assets of such Lender which includes Eurodollar Loans or (ii) becomes subject to restrictions on the amount of such a
category of liabilities or assets which it may hold, then, if such Lender so elects by notice to the Borrower, the obligation of such Lender to make additional Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended until such Regulatory Change or other circumstances
ceases to be in effect (in which case the provisions of Section 5.04 shall be applicable). 
  
 (c)    Capital Adequacy.    Without limiting the effect of the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.01 (but without duplication), the Borrower shall pay directly to any Lender from
time to time on request such amounts as such Lender may reasonably determine to be necessary to compensate such Lender or its parent or holding company for any costs which it determines are attributable to the maintenance by such Lender or its
parent or holding company (or any Applicable Lending Office), pursuant to any Governmental Requirement following any Regulatory Change, of capital in respect of its Commitment, its Loans or any interest held by it in any Letter of Credit, such
compensation to include, without limitation, an amount equal to any reduction of the rate of return on assets or equity of such Lender or its parent or holding
 
 

 35 

Table of Contents

 
company (or any Applicable Lending Office) to a level below that which such Lender or its parent or holding company (or any Applicable Lending Office) could have achieved but for such
Governmental Requirement. Such Lender will notify the Borrower that it is entitled to compensation pursuant to this Section 5.01(c) as promptly as practicable after it determines to request such compensation. 
  
 (d)    Compensation Procedure.    Any Lender notifying the Borrower of the incurrence of Additional Costs
under this Section 5.01 shall in such notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent set forth in reasonable detail the basis and amount of its request for compensation. Determinations and allocations by each Lender for purposes of this
Section 5.01 of the effect of any Regulatory Change pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), or of the effect of capital maintained pursuant to Section 5.01(c), on its costs or rate of return of maintaining Loans or its
obligation to make Loans or issue Letters of Credit, or on amounts receivable by it in respect of Loans or Letters of Credit, and of the amounts required to compensate such Lender under this Section 5.01, shall be conclusive and binding
absent manifest error for all purposes, provided that such determinations and allocations are made on a reasonable basis. Any request for additional compensation under this Section 5.01 shall be paid by the Borrower within thirty (30) days of
the receipt by the Borrower of the notice described in this Section 5.01(d). 
  
 
Section 5.02    Limitation on Eurodollar Loans.    Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if, on or prior to the determination of any Eurodollar Rate for any Interest
Period: 
  
 (a)    the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive, absent
manifest error) that quotations of interest rates for the relevant deposits referred to in the definition of “Eurodollar Rate” in Section 1.02 are not being provided in the relevant amounts or for the relevant maturities for
purposes of determining rates of interest for Eurodollar Loans as provided herein; or 
  
 (b)    the
Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive, absent manifest error) that the relevant rates of interest referred to in the definition of “Eurodollar Rate” in Section 1.02 upon the basis of which
the rate of interest for Eurodollar Loans for such Interest Period is to be determined are not sufficient to adequately cover the cost to the Lenders of making or maintaining Eurodollar Loans; 
  

then the Administrative Agent shall give the Borrower prompt notice thereof, and so long as such condition remains in effect, the Lenders shall be under no obligation to make
additional Eurodollar Loans. 
  
 
Section 5.03    Illegality.    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that it becomes unlawful for any Lender or its Applicable Lending Office to
honor its obligation to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans hereunder, then such Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower thereof and such Lender’s obligation to make Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended until such time as such Lender may again
make and maintain Eurodollar Loans (in which case the provisions of Section 5.04 shall be applicable). 
 

 36 

Table of Contents

  
 
Section 5.04    ABR Loans Pursuant to Sections 5.01, 5.02 and 5.03.    If the obligation of any Lender to make Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended pursuant to Sections
5.01, 5.02 or 5.03 (“Affected Loans”), all Affected Loans which would otherwise be made by such Lender shall be made instead as ABR Loans (and, if an event referred to in Section 5.01(b) or Section
5.03 has occurred and such Lender so requests by notice to the Borrower, all Affected Loans of such Lender then outstanding shall be automatically converted into ABR Loans on the date specified by such Lender in such notice) and, to the extent
that Affected Loans are so made as (or converted into) ABR Loans, all payments of principal which would otherwise be applied to such Lender’s Affected Loans shall be applied instead to its ABR Loans. 
  
 
Section 5.05    Compensation.    The Borrower shall pay to each Lender or terminated Lender within thirty (30) days of receipt of written request of such Lender (which request
shall set forth, in reasonable detail, the basis for requesting such amounts and which shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error for all purposes, provided that such determinations are made on a reasonable basis), such amount or amounts
as shall compensate it for any loss, cost, expense or liability (other than loss of profit) which such Lender determines are attributable to: 
  
 (i)    any payment, prepayment or conversion of a Eurodollar Loan properly made by such Lender or the Borrower for any reason (including, without limitation, the acceleration of the Loans pursuant
to Section 10.02) on a date other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan or any amount paid in connection with the termination of a Terminated Lender; or 
  
 (ii)    any failure by the Borrower for any reason (including, without limitation, the failure of any of the conditions precedent specified in
Article VI to be satisfied) to borrow, continue or convert a Eurodollar Loan from such Lender on the date for such borrowing, continuation or conversion specified in the relevant notice given pursuant to Section 2.02(c). 

 
 
Section 5.06    Replacement Lenders. 
  
 (a)    Terminated Lenders.    If any Lender (i) has notified the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of its incurring Additional Costs under Section 5.01 or (ii) has required the
Borrower to make payments for Taxes under Section 4.06, then the Borrower may, unless such Lender has notified the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer apply, terminate, in whole
but not in part, the Commitment of any Lender (other than the Administrative Agent) (the “Terminated Lender”) at any time upon five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Terminated Lender and the Administrative Agent
(such notice referred to herein as a “Notice of Termination”). 
  
 (b)    Replacement
Lenders.    In order to effect the termination of the Commitment of the Terminated Lender, the Borrower shall: (i) obtain an agreement with one or more Lenders to increase their respective Commitment and/or (ii) request any
one or more other banking institutions to become parties to this Agreement in place and instead of such Terminated Lender and agree to accept a Commitment; provided, however, that such one or more other banking institutions are
reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and become parties by

 

 37 

Table of Contents

 
executing an Assignment (the Lenders or other banking institutions that agree to accept in whole or in part the Commitment of the Terminated Lender being referred to herein as the
“Replacement Lenders”), such that the aggregate increased and/or accepted Commitment of the Replacement Lenders under clauses (i) and (ii) above equal the Commitment of the Terminated Lender. 
  
 (c)    Content of Notice of Termination.    The Notice of Termination shall include the name of the
Terminated Lender, the date the termination will occur, and the Replacement Lender or Replacement Lenders to which the Terminated Lender will assign its Commitment and, if there will be more than one Replacement Lender, the portion of the Terminated
Lender’s Commitment to be assigned to each Replacement Lender. 
  
 (d)    Effecting
Termination.    On the date on which the termination will occur, (i) the Terminated Lender shall by execution and delivery of an Assignment assign its Commitment to the Replacement Lender or Replacement Lenders indicated in
the Notice of Termination and shall assign to the Replacement Lender or Replacement Lenders each of its Loans (if any) then outstanding and participation interests in Letters of Credit (if any) then outstanding, (ii) the Replacement Lender or
Replacement Lenders shall purchase the Indebtedness held by the Terminated Lender at a price equal to the unpaid principal amount thereof plus interest and facility and other fees accrued and unpaid to said date of termination and (iii) the
Replacement Lender or Replacement Lenders will thereupon succeed to and be substituted in all respects for the Terminated Lender with like effect as if becoming a Lender pursuant to the terms of Section 12.06(b), and the Terminated Lender
will have the rights and benefits of an assignor under Section 12.06(b). To the extent not in conflict, the terms of Section 12.06(b) shall supplement the provisions of this Section 5.06(d). For each assignment made under this
Section 5.06, the Replacement Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent the processing fee provided for in Section 12.06(b). The Borrower will be responsible for the payment of any breakage costs associated with termination of the
Terminated Lender as set forth in Section 5.05. 
  
 
Section 5.07    Time Limit; Etc. 
  
 (a)    Time
Limit.    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Sections 5.01 through 5.05, the Borrower shall not be required to reimburse or pay any costs or expenses to any Lender as required by such Sections
which have accrued more than 180 days prior to such Lender’s giving notice to the Borrower that such Lender has suffered or incurred such costs or expenses. 
  
 (b)    Non-Discriminatory Basis.    None of the Lenders shall be permitted to pass through to the Borrower costs and expenses under
Sections 5.01 through 5.05 on a discriminatory basis (i.e. which are not also passed through by such Lender to other customers of such Lender similarly situated when such customer is subject to documents containing similar provisions
as those contained in such Sections). 
 

 38 

Table of Contents

  
 ARTICLE VI 
 
Conditions Precedent 
  
 
Section 6.01    Initial Funding.    The obligation of the Lenders to make the Initial Funding is subject to the receipt by the Agents and the Lenders of all fees payable
pursuant to Section 2.04 on or before the Closing Date or as otherwise agreed to in writing among the Borrower, the Agents and the Arranger and the receipt by the Administrative Agent of the following documents and satisfaction of the other
conditions provided in this Section 6.01, each of which shall be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in form and substance: 
  
 (a)    a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each of the Borrower and each Guarantor setting forth (i) resolutions of its board of directors with respect to the authorization of the Borrower or such
Guarantor to execute and deliver the Loan Documents to which it is a party and to enter into the transactions contemplated in those documents, (ii) the officers of the Borrower (y) who are authorized to sign the Loan Documents to which the Borrower
or each Guarantor is a party and (z) who will, until replaced by another officer or officers duly authorized for that purpose, act as its representative for the purposes of signing documents and giving notices and other communications in connection
with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, (iii) specimen signatures of such authorized officers, and (iv) the articles or certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Borrower and each Guarantor, certified as being true and
complete. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders may conclusively rely on such certificate until the Administrative Agent receives notice in writing from the Borrower to the contrary; 
  
 (b)    certificates of the appropriate state agencies with respect to the existence, qualification and good standing of the Borrower and each Guarantor; 

 
 (c)    a compliance certificate which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C, duly and properly executed
by a Responsible Officer and dated as of the date of Initial Funding; 
  
 (d)    this Agreement, duly completed
and executed; 
  
 (e)    the Security Instruments, including those described on Exhibit F, duly
completed and executed in a sufficient number of counterparts for recording, if necessary. In connection with the execution and delivery of the Security Instruments, the Administrative Agent shall: 
  
 (i)    be reasonably satisfied that the Security Instruments create first priority, perfected Liens (subject only
to Excepted Liens identified in clauses (i) to (v), (vii) and (viii) of the definition thereof) on at least 80% of the total value of all of the Oil and Gas Properties evaluated in the Initial Reserve Report; and 
  
 (ii)    have received certificates, together with undated, blank stock powers for each such certificate,
representing all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each of the Guarantors; 
  
 (f)    an opinion
of (i) Nancy M. Snyder, Esq., General Counsel to Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1 hereto, (ii) Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., counsel to the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-2 hereto, and (iii) local
counsel in each of the

 

 39 

Table of Contents

 
following states: Mississippi, Texas, Virginia, West Virginia and any other jurisdictions requested by the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-3; 

 
 (g)    a certificate of insurance coverage of the Borrower evidencing that the Borrower is carrying insurance in
accordance with Section 7.19; 
  
 (h)    title information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably
require satisfactory to the Administrative Agent setting forth the status of title to at least 80% of the value of the Oil and Gas Properties included in the Borrowing Base; 
  
 (i)    the Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied with the environmental condition of the Oil and Gas Properties of the Borrower and its Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
  
 (j)    the Administrative Agent shall have received reasonably satisfactory evidence that (i)
the initial public offering by the MLP of certain common units representing limited partnership interests in the MLP (the “MLP IPO”) shall have been consummated as contemplated by and pursuant to that certain Form S-1 Registration
Statement, as amended, (ii) the MLP IPO has generated net proceeds of at least $90,000,000, and (iii) at least $90,000,000 of the net proceeds of the MLP IPO have been received as a distribution by the Borrower; 
  
 (k)    the Lenders shall have received a copy of the unaudited summary, pro forma balance sheets of the Borrower as of June 30, 2001
that show the pro forma effect of the MLP IPO as if such offering had occurred on June 30, 2001, duly certified by a Responsible Officer as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the pro forma financial condition of the Borrower as of such
date; 
  
 (l)    a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that all government and
third party approvals necessary or, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, advisable in connection with the financing contemplated hereby and the continuing operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries have been obtained and
are in full force and effect. All applicable appeal periods have expired and there are no actual governmental or judicial action restraining, preventing or imposing burdensome conditions on all related transactions, including the concurrent
issuance, closing and funding under this Agreement; 
  
 (m)    the Initial Reserve Reports; 

 
 (n)    the Administrative Agent shall have received satisfactory proof of the Borrower’s termination of the Existing
Credit Facility and any obligations of Borrower in connection therewith; 
  
 (o)    appropriate UCC search
certificates reflecting no prior liens or security interests encumbering the Mortgaged Properties other than permitted by Section 9.03 for each of the following jurisdictions: Delaware, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Texas, Virginia and
West Virginia; 
 

 40 

Table of Contents

  
 (p)    except as disclosed to Lenders in writing prior to execution of the
Credit Agreement, there shall be no pending or threatened litigation against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; 
  
 (q)    the Lenders shall have received (i) the financial statements of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries described in
Section 7.02(a), and (ii) copies of all financial statements (including pro forma financial statements), material reports, material notices and proxy statements sent by the Borrower to its limited partners and all material SEC filings
concerning the MLP IPO; and 
  
 (r)    such other documents as the Agents or counsel to the Administrative
Agent may reasonably request. 
  
 
Section 6.02    Initial and Subsequent Loans and Letters of Credit.    The obligation of the Lenders to make Loans to the Borrower upon the occasion of each borrowing hereunder
(including the Initial Funding) and to issue, renew, extend or reissue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower is subject to the further conditions precedent that, as of the date of such Loans or such issuance, renewal, extension or
reissuance and after giving effect thereto: 
  
 (a)    no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

  
 (b)    no Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred; 
  
 (c)    the representations and warranties made by the Borrower and the Guarantors in Article VII and in the other Loan
Documents shall be true in all material respects on and as of the date of the making of such Loans or issuance, renewal, extension or reissuance of a Letter of Credit with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date and following
such new borrowing, except to the extent such representations and warranties are expressly limited to an earlier date; 
  
 (d)    the making of such Loan or the issuance, renewal, extension or reissuance of any Letter of Credit would not conflict with, or cause any Lender to, exceed any applicable Governmental Requirements; and 

 
 (e)    the receipt by the Administrative Agent of a timely request therefor under Section 2.02. 

 
 Each request for a Loan or issuance, renewal, extension or reissuance of a Letter of Credit by the Borrower hereunder shall constitute a
certification by the Borrower to the effect set forth in the preceding sentence as of both the date of such notice and the date immediately following such Loan or issuance, renewal, extension or reissuance of a Letter of Credit. 

 
 
Section 6.03    Termination of Agreement.    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligation of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit
hereunder shall not become effective unless each of the foregoing conditions is satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 12.04) on or prior to 5:00 p.m. Houston, Texas time on December 28, 2001 (and, in the event such conditions are not so
satisfied or waived, the Aggregate Commitments shall terminate). 
 

 41 

Table of Contents

  
 ARTICLE VII 
 
Representations and Warranties 
  
 The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent
and the Lenders that each representation and warranty herein is given as of the Closing Date and shall be deemed repeated and reaffirmed on the dates of each Loan and issuance, renewal, extension or reissuance of a Letter of Credit as provided in
Section 6.02: 
  
 
Section 7.01    Existence.    The Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary: (a) is duly organized or formed, legally existing and in good standing, if applicable, under the laws
of the jurisdiction of its formation, except as to any Restricted Subsidiary where the failure to so exist or remain in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) has all requisite power, and has all
material governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals necessary to own its assets and carry on its business as now being or as proposed to be conducted, except where failure to have such power could not reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect and (c) is qualified to do business in all jurisdictions in which the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary and where failure so to qualify could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect. 
  
 
Section 7.02    Financial Position; No Material Adverse Effect. 
  
 (a)    The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Agent and the Lenders its consolidated balance sheet, and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity of the Borrower and
its consolidated Subsidiaries (x) as of and for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2000, audited by and accompanied by the unqualified opinion of Arthur Andersen LLP, independent certified public accountants, and (y) as of and for the Fiscal Quarter
ended June 30, 2001, certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower that such financial statements present fairly in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such dates
and for such periods. Such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis. 
  
 (b)    Except as disclosed to the Agent in writing, neither the Borrower nor any consolidated Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower has any material contingent liabilities, material liabilities for taxes, unusual and
material forward or long-term commitments or material unrealized or anticipated losses from any unfavorable commitments, except as referred to or reflected or provided for in the consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower or as otherwise disclosed
to the Lenders in writing. 
  
 (c)    The Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders in writing any and all facts
which, in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Borrower, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 
  
 
Section 7.03    Litigation.    Except as set forth on Schedule 7.03, at the Closing Date, there is no litigation, legal, administrative or arbitral proceeding,
investigation or other action of any nature pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary which involves the possibility of any judgment or liability against the Borrower or
any Restricted Subsidiary (a) not fully covered by insurance (except for

 

 42 

Table of Contents

 
normal deductibles) and which if adversely determined could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (b) that could impair the consummation of the MLP IPO. 

 
 
Section 7.04    No Breach.    Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Loan Documents nor compliance with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof will
conflict with or result in a breach of, or require any consent which has not been obtained as of the Closing Date under, the respective charter or by-laws of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, any Governmental Requirement or any material
agreement or instrument to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which it is bound or to which it or its Properties are subject, or constitute a default under any such agreement or instrument, or result in the creation or
imposition of any Lien upon any of the revenues or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of any such agreement or instrument other than the Liens created by the Loan Documents. 
  
 
Section 7.05    Authority; Enforceability.    The Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary have all necessary power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations
under this Agreement and the Loan Documents to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary of this Agreement and the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by
all necessary action on its part, and this Agreement and the Loan Documents constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary party thereto, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as
limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and general principles of equity. 
  
 
Section 7.06    Approvals.    Other than filings with, and approvals from, the SEC and that will have been obtained prior to the date of the Initial Funding in connection with
the MLP IPO, no authorizations, approvals or consents of, and no filings or registrations with, any Governmental Authority or any third Person are necessary for the execution, delivery or performance by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of
this Agreement or the Loan Documents or for the validity or enforceability thereof, except for (a) the recording and filing of the Security Instruments as required by this Agreement and (b) those third party approvals or consents which, if not made
or obtained, would not cause a Default or Event of Default hereunder, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or do not have an adverse effect on the enforceability of the Loan Documents. 
  
 
Section 7.07    Use of Loans and Letters of Credit.    The proceeds of the Loans and the Letters of Credit shall be used (i) to provide working capital to the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, (ii) to finance capital expenditures and acquisitions (other than acquisitions of “margin stock”) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (iii) to provide for letters of credit for the account of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries. The Borrower is not engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of
Regulation U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). No part of the proceeds of any Loan or Letter of Credit will be used for any purpose which violation the provisions of Regulations U or X of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System. 
 

 43 

Table of Contents

  
 
Section 7.08    ERISA.    Except where the taking of such action (or where the failure to take such action, as applicable) could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect: 
  
 (a)    the Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate have complied with ERISA and, where
applicable, the Code regarding each Plan; 
  
 (b)    each Plan is, and has been, maintained in substantial
compliance with ERISA and, where applicable, the Code; 
  
 (c)    no act, omission or transaction has occurred
with respect to any Plan which could result in imposition on the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate (whether directly or indirectly) of (i) either a civil penalty assessed pursuant to section 502(c), (i) or (l) of ERISA or a tax imposed pursuant to
Chapter 43 of Subtitle D of the Code or (ii) breach of fiduciary duty liability damages under section 409 of ERISA; 
  
 (d)    no Plan (other than a defined contribution plan) or any trust created under any such Plan has been terminated in the last six years. No liability to the PBGC (other than for the payment of current premiums which
are not past due) by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has been or is expected by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to be incurred with respect to any Plan. No ERISA Event with respect to any Plan has occurred; 
  
 (e)    full payment when due has been made of all amounts which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is required under the terms of
each Plan or applicable law to have paid as contributions to such Plan, and no accumulated funding deficiency (as defined in section 302 of ERISA and section 412 of the Code), whether or not waived, exists with respect to any Plan; 

 
 (f)    the actuarial present value of the benefit liabilities under each Plan which is subject to Title IV of ERISA does
not, as of the end of the Borrower’s most recently ended Fiscal Year, exceed the current value of the assets (computed on a plan termination basis in accordance with Title IV of ERISA) of such Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities by an
amount in excess of $2,000,000. The term “actuarial present value of the benefit liabilities” shall have the meaning specified in section 4041 of ERISA; 
  
 (g)    neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate sponsors, maintains, or contributes to an employee welfare benefit plan, as defined in section 3(1) of ERISA,
including, without limitation, any such plan maintained to provide benefits to former employees of such entities, other than as required under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended, that may not be terminated by the
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate in its sole discretion at any time without any material liability; 
  
 (h)    none of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate sponsors, maintains or contributes to, or has at any time in the preceding six calendar years, sponsored, maintained or contributed to, any Multiemployer Plan; and

  
 (i)    none of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is required to provide security under section 401(a)(29)
of the Code due to a Plan amendment that results in an increase in current liability for the Plan. 
 

 44 

Table of Contents

  
 
Section 7.09    Taxes.    Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has filed all United States Federal income tax returns and all other tax returns which are required to be
filed by them and have paid all material taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, except any such taxes which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently
conducted and for which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of taxes and other governmental charges are, in the opinion of
the Borrower, adequate. No tax lien has been filed and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, no claim is being asserted with respect to any such tax or other such governmental charge. 
  
 
Section 7.10    Titles, Etc. 
  
 (a)    Each of the
Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries has good and defensible title to its material Oil and Gas Properties and good title to its material personal Properties, in each case, free and clear of all Liens except Liens permitted by Section
9.03. After giving full effect to the Excepted Liens, the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiary specified as the owner owns the net interests in production attributable to the Hydrocarbon Interests as reflected in the most recently delivered
Reserve Report, and the ownership of such Properties shall not in any material respect obligate the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary to bear the costs and expenses relating to the maintenance, development and operations of each such Property
in an amount in excess of the working interest of each Property set forth in the most recently delivered Reserve Report that is not offset by a corresponding proportionate increase in the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s net
revenue interest in such Property. 
  
 (b)    All material leases and agreements necessary for the conduct of
the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries are valid and subsisting, in full force and effect, and there exists no default or event or circumstance which with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would give rise to a
default under any such lease or leases, which would affect in any material respect the conduct of the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 
  
 (c)    The rights, Properties and other assets presently owned, leased or licensed by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries including, without limitation, all
easements and rights of way, include all rights, Properties and other assets necessary to permit the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to conduct their business in all material respects in the same manner as its business has been conducted
prior to the Closing Date. 
  
 (d)    All of the assets and Properties of the Borrower and the Restricted
Subsidiaries which are reasonably necessary for the operation of its business are in good working condition and are maintained in accordance with prudent business standards. 
  
 
Section 7.11    No Material Misstatements.    No written information, statement, exhibit, certificate, document or report furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders
(or any of them) by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their Affiliates in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make
the statement contained therein not materially

 

 45 

Table of Contents

 
misleading in the light of the circumstances in which made and with respect to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. There is no fact peculiar to the Borrower or any
Restricted Subsidiary which has a Material Adverse Effect or in the future is reasonably likely to have (so far as the Borrower can now foresee) a Material Adverse Effect and which has not been set forth in this Agreement or the other documents,
certificates and statements furnished to the Administrative Agent by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary prior to, or on, the Closing Date in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. There are no statements or
conclusions in any Reserve Report which are based upon or include misleading information or fail to take into account material information regarding the matters reported therein, it being understood that each Reserve Report is necessarily based upon
professional opinions, estimates and projections and that Borrower does not warrant that such opinions, estimates and projections will ultimately prove to have been accurate. No representation or warranty is made with respect to any Hydrocarbon
Interest to which no Proved Hydrocarbon Reserves are properly attributed. 
  
 
Section 7.12    Investment Company Act.    Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an
“investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. 
  
 
Section 7.13    Public Utility Holding Company Act.    Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is a “holding company,” or a “subsidiary company” of a
“holding company,” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or of a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company,” or a “public utility” within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding
Company Act of 1935, as amended. 
  
 
Section 7.14    Subsidiaries.    Except as set forth on Schedule 7.14 or as disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly furnish a copy to the
Lenders) which shall be a supplement to Schedule 7.14, the Borrower has no Subsidiaries. Schedule 7.14 identifies each Subsidiary as either Restricted or Unrestricted, and each Restricted Subsidiary on such schedule is a wholly-owned
Subsidiary. 
  
 
Section 7.15    Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization.    The Borrower’s state of incorporation is Virginia. The state of incorporation or organization of each
Restricted Subsidiary is stated on Schedule 7.14. 
  
 
Section 7.16    Defaults.    Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary is in default nor has any event or circumstance occurred which, but for the expiration of any
applicable grace period or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is
bound which default could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default hereunder has occurred and is continuing. 
  
 
Section 7.17    Environmental Matters.    Except as could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (or with respect to (c), (d) and (e) below, where the
failure to take such actions could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect): 
 

 46 

Table of Contents

  
 (a)    neither any Property of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary
nor the operations conducted thereon violate any order or requirement of any court or Governmental Authority or any Environmental Laws; 
  
 (b)    no Property of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary nor the operations currently conducted thereon or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, by any prior owner or operator of such Property or operation, are in
violation of or subject to any existing, pending or threatened action, suit, investigation, inquiry or proceeding by or before any court or Governmental Authority or to any remedial obligations under Environmental Laws; 
  
 (c)    all notices, permits, licenses or similar authorizations, if any, required to be obtained or filed in connection with the
operation or use of any and all Property of the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary, including, without limitation, past or present treatment, storage, disposal or release of a hazardous substance or solid waste into the environment, have been
duly obtained or filed, and the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such notices, permits, licenses and similar authorizations; 
  
 (d)    all hazardous substances, solid waste and oil and gas exploration and production wastes, if any, generated at any and all Property of the Borrower or any
Restricted Subsidiary have in the past been transported, treated and disposed of in accordance with Environmental Laws and so as not to pose an imminent and substantial endangerment to public health or welfare or the environment, and, to the
knowledge of the Borrower, all such transport carriers and treatment and disposal facilities have been and are operating in compliance with Environmental Laws and so as not to pose an imminent and substantial endangerment to public health or welfare
or the environment, and are not the subject of any existing, pending or threatened action, investigation or inquiry by any Governmental Authority in connection with any Environmental Laws; 
  
 (e)    the Borrower has taken all steps reasonably necessary to determine and has determined that no hazardous substances, solid waste or oil and gas exploration and
production wastes, have been disposed of or otherwise released and there has been no threatened release of any hazardous substances on or to any Property of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary except in compliance with Environmental Laws and
so as not to pose an imminent and substantial endangerment to public health or welfare or the environment; 
  
 (f)    to the extent applicable, all Property of the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary currently satisfies all design, operation, and equipment requirements imposed by the OPA, and the Borrower does not have any
reason to believe that such Property, to the extent subject to the OPA, will not be able to maintain compliance with the OPA requirements during the term of this Agreement; and 
  
 (g)    neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any known contingent liability in connection with any release or threatened release of any oil,
hazardous substance or solid waste into the environment. 
  
 
Section 7.18    Compliance with the Law; Maintenance of Properties.    Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary has violated any applicable Governmental Requirement

 

 47 

Table of Contents

 
binding upon it or its Properties or failed to obtain any license, permit, franchise or other governmental authorization necessary for the ownership of any of its Properties or the conduct of its
business, which violation or failure would have (in the event such violation or failure were asserted by any Person through appropriate action) a Material Adverse Effect. Except for such acts or failures to act as could not be reasonably expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect, the Oil and Gas Properties (and properties unitized therewith) have been maintained, operated and developed in a good and workmanlike manner and in conformity with all applicable laws and all rules, regulations and
orders of all duly constituted authorities having jurisdiction and in conformity with the provisions of all leases, subleases or other contracts comprising a part of the Hydrocarbon Interests and other contracts and agreements forming a part of the
Oil and Gas Properties; specifically in this connection, except for those as could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) after the Closing Date, no Oil and Gas Property is subject to having allowable production reduced
below the full and regular allowable (including the maximum permissible tolerance) because of any overproduction (whether or not the same was permissible at the time) prior to the Closing Date and (b) none of the wells comprising a part of the Oil
and Gas Properties (or properties unitized therewith) is deviated from the vertical more than the maximum permitted by applicable laws, regulations, rules and orders, and such wells are, in fact, bottomed under and are producing from, and the well
bores are wholly within, the Oil and Gas Properties (or in the case of wells located on properties unitized therewith, such unitized properties). 
  
 
Section 7.19    Insurance.    The Borrower has, and has caused all its Restricted Subsidiaries to have, (a) all insurance policies sufficient for the compliance by each of them
with all material Governmental Requirements and all material agreements and (b) insurance coverage in at least amounts and against such risk (including, without limitation, public liability) that are usually insured against by companies similarly
situated and engaged in the same or a similar business for the assets and operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries. The Agents and the Lenders have been named as additional insureds in respect of such liability insurance policies.

  
 
Section 7.20    Hedging Agreements.    Schedule 7.20 sets forth, as of the Closing Date, a true and complete list of all Hedging Agreements (including commodity price
swap agreements, forward agreements or contracts of sale which provide for prepayment for deferred shipment or delivery of oil, gas or other commodities) of the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary, the material terms thereof (including the type,
term, effective date, termination date and notional amounts or volumes), the net mark to market value thereof, all credit support agreements relating thereto (including any margin required or supplied) and the counterparty to each such agreement.

  
 
Section 7.21    Restriction on Liens.    Neither the Borrower nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party to any material agreement or arrangement (other than instruments
creating Liens permitted by Sections 9.03(c), (d) and (e), but then only on the Property subject of such Lien), or subject to any order, judgment, writ or decree, which either restricts or purports to restrict its ability to
grant Liens to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders on or in respect of their respective assets or Properties to secure the Indebtedness and the Loan Documents. 
  
 
Section 7.22    Intellectual Property.    The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries either own or have valid licenses or other rights to use all databases, geological data,
geophysical data, 
 

 48 

Table of Contents

 
engineering data, maps, interpretations and other technical information used in their businesses as presently conducted, subject to the limitations contained in the agreements governing the use
of the same, which limitations are customary for companies engaged in the business of the exploration and production of Hydrocarbons, with such exceptions as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

 
 
Section 7.23    Material Personal Property.    All pipelines, wells, gas processing plants, platforms and other material improvements, fixtures and equipment owned in whole or
in part by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are necessary to conduct normal operations are being maintained in a state adequate to conduct normal operations, and with respect to such of the foregoing which are operated by the
Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in a manner consistent with the Borrower’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ past practices (other than those the failure of which to maintain in accordance with this Section 7.23 could
not reasonably be expect to have a Material Adverse Effect). 
  
 
Section 7.24    Business.    The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries have not conducted and are not conducting any business other than businesses relating to the
exploration, development, financing, acquisition, ownership, operation, maintenance, storage, transporting and marketing of the Oil and Gas Properties and related activities as currently conducted. 
  
 
Section 7.25    Solvency.    Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (i) is “insolvent” (within the meaning of Section 101(32) of the
Bankruptcy Code, Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act) or will become insolvent as a result of the incurrence of any obligation under any Loan Document to which it is a party; (ii)
has unreasonably small capital (after giving effect to the transactions contemplated in any Loan Document to which it is a party) for the conduct of its existing and contemplated business; and (iii) is able to perform its contingent obligations and
other commitments as they mature in the normal course of business. 
  
 
Section 7.26    Licenses, Permits, Etc.    The Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries possess such valid franchises, certificates of convenience and necessity,
operating rights, licenses, permits, consents, authorizations, exemptions and orders of Governmental Authorities, as are necessary to carry on their respective businesses as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, except to the extent a
failure to obtain any such item could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material adverse Effect. 
  
 
Section 7.27    Fiscal Year.    The Borrower’s Fiscal Year is January 1 through December 31. 
  
 ARTICLE VIII 
 
Affirmative Covenants 
  
 The Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any of the Aggregate
Commitments is in effect and until payment in full of all Indebtedness and termination or expiration of any Letters of Credit issued hereunder, all interest thereon and all other amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan
Documents: 
 

 49 

Table of Contents

  
 
Section 8.01    Reporting Requirements.    The Borrower shall deliver, or shall cause to be delivered, to the Administrative Agent (and, with respect to the financial
statements delivered pursuant to Sections 8.01(a) and (b), with sufficient copies of each for the Lenders): 
  
 (a)    Annual Financial Statements.    As soon as available and in any event within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, the audited consolidated and unaudited
consolidating statements of income, stockholders’ equity, changes in financial position and cash flow of (i) the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries and (ii) the MLP and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, and the related audited
consolidated and unaudited consolidating balance sheets of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the MLP and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding
figures for the preceding Fiscal Year, and accompanied by either (i) with respect to any audited financial statements, the related opinion of independent public accountants of recognized national standing acceptable to the Administrative Agent which
opinion shall state that said financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the MLP and its Subsidiaries as at the
end of, and for, such Fiscal Year and that such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP except for such changes in such principles with which the independent public accountants shall have concurred and such opinion shall not
contain a “going concern” or like qualification or exception, and a certificate of such accountants stating that, in making the examination necessary for their opinion, they obtained no knowledge, except as specifically stated, of any
Default or (ii) with respect to any unaudited financial statements, the certificate of a Responsible Officer, which certificate shall state that said financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidating financial
condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the MLP and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, as at the end of, and for, such period. 
  
 (b)    Quarterly Financial Statements.    As soon as available and in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first three
Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, consolidated and consolidating statements of income, stockholders’ equity, changes in financial position and cash flow of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the MLP and its
Subsidiaries for such period and for the period from the beginning of the respective Fiscal Year to the end of such period, and the related consolidated and consolidating balance sheets as at the end of such period, and setting forth in each case in
comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding period in the preceding Fiscal Year, accompanied by the certificate of a Responsible Officer, which certificate shall state that said financial statements fairly present, in all
material respects, the consolidated and the consolidating financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the MLP and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, as at the end of, and for, such
period (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments). 
  
 (c)    Notice of Default,
Etc.    Promptly after the Borrower knows that any Default or any Material Adverse Effect has occurred, a notice of such Default or Material Adverse Effect, describing the same in reasonable detail and the action the Borrower
proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 

 50 

Table of Contents

  
 (d)    Other Accounting Reports.    Promptly
upon receipt thereof, a copy of each other report or letter submitted to the Borrower or any Subsidiary by independent accountants in connection with any annual, interim or special audit made by them of the books of the Borrower or any Subsidiary,
and a copy of any response by the Borrower or any such Subsidiary of the Borrower, or the Board of Directors of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary of the Borrower, to such letter or report. 
  
 (e)    SEC Filings, Etc.    Promptly upon its becoming available, each financial statement, report, notice or proxy statement sent by the
Borrower to stockholders generally and each regular or periodic report and any registration statement or prospectus filed by the Borrower with any securities exchange or the SEC. 
  
 (f)    Notices Under Material Instruments.    Promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any financial statement, report or notice
furnished to or any Person pursuant to the terms of any preferred stock designation, indenture, loan or credit or other similar agreement in respect of Debt in excess of $2,000,000, other than this Agreement and not otherwise required to be
furnished to the Lenders pursuant to any other provision of this Section 8.01. 
  
 (g)    Hedging
Agreements.    Together with the delivery of the financial information to be supplied under Sections 8.01(a) and (b), a report, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, setting forth as of
the last Business Day of such Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Year, a true and complete list of all Hedging Agreements (including commodity price swap agreements, forward agreements or contracts of sale which provide for prepayment for deferred shipment or
delivery of oil, gas or other commodities) of the Borrower and each Subsidiary, the material terms thereof (including the type, term, effective date, termination date and notional amounts or volumes), the net mark to market value therefor, any new
credit support agreements relating thereto not listed on Schedule 7.20, any margin required or supplied under any credit support document, and the counterparty to each such agreement. 
  
 (h)    Compliance Certificates.    At the time it furnishes each set of financial statements under Sections 8.01(a) and (b)
above, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto executed by a Responsible Officer (i) certifying as to the matters set forth therein and stating that no Default has occurred and is continuing (or, if any Default has
occurred and is continuing, describing the same in reasonable detail), and (ii) setting forth in reasonable detail the computations necessary to determine whether the Borrower is in compliance with Section 9.01 and Section 8.09(b) as
of the end of the respective Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Year. 
  
 (i)    Taxes and
Claims.    In the event (i) not previously disclosed in the financial statements delivered under Sections 8.01(a) and (b) above and (ii) that the amount of contested taxes or claims under Section 8.12 are
in excess of $2,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time, written notice from a Responsible Officer of such circumstances, in detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 
  
 (j)    Notice of Sales.    In the event the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary intends to sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of
any Oil or Gas Properties in accordance with this Agreement (but only if such transaction involves the disposition of Oil and Gas Properties for a
 
 

 51 

Table of Contents

 
value in excess of $2,000,000) prior written notice of such disposition, the price thereof and the anticipated date of closing. 
  
 (k)    Information Regarding Borrower and Guarantors.    Prior written notice of any change (i) in the Borrower or any Guarantor’s
corporate name or in any trade name used to identify such Person in the conduct of its business or in the ownership of its Properties, (ii) in the location of the Borrower or any Guarantor’s chief executive office or principal place of
business, (iii) in the Borrower or any Guarantor’s identity or corporate structure or in the jurisdiction in which such Person is incorporated or formed, and (iv) in the Borrower or any Guarantor’s federal taxpayer identification number.

  
 (l)    Casualty and Condemnation.    Prompt written notice, and in any event
within three (3) Business Days, of the occurrence of any Casualty Event to the Mortgaged Property or the commencement of any action or proceeding for the taking of any material portion of the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof or interest
therein under power of eminent domain or by condemnation, nationalization or similar proceeding. 
  
 (m)    Lists of Purchasers.    Promptly following the written request from the Administrative Agent thereof, a list of all Persons disbursing proceeds to the Borrower or any Restricted
Subsidiary from its Oil and Gas Properties. 
  
 (n)    Other Matters.    From time
to time, such other information regarding the business, affairs or financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary (including, without limitation, any Plan or Multiemployer Plan and any reports or other information required to be filed under
ERISA) as the Administrative Agent (at the request of any Lender) may reasonably request. 
  
 
Section 8.02    Litigation.    The Borrower shall promptly give to the Administrative Agent notice of all legal or arbitral proceedings, and of all proceedings before any
Governmental Authority filed against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, except proceedings which, if adversely determined, could not reasonably be expected to result in liability not fully covered by insurance, subject to normal deductibles,
in excess of $2,000,000 (whether individually or in the aggregate). 
  
 
Section 8.03    Maintenance, Compliance with Laws, Inspections, Insurance, Etc. 
  
 (a)    The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary to: (i) except as permitted in Section 9.10, preserve and maintain its existence and all of its material rights, privileges and franchises and
maintain, if necessary, its qualification to do business in each other jurisdiction in which its Oil and Gas Properties is located or the ownership of its Properties requires such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) keep books of record and account in accordance with GAAP; (iii) comply with all Governmental Requirements if failure to comply with such requirements could reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect; (iv) upon reasonable notice, permit representatives of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, during normal business hours, to examine, copy and make extracts from its books and records, to inspect its Properties, and to
discuss its business and affairs with its officers, all to the extent reasonably requested by such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be); and

 

 52 

Table of Contents

 
(v) keep, or cause to be kept, insured by financially sound and reputable insurers all Property of a character usually insured by Persons engaged in the same or similar business similarly
situated against loss or damage of the kinds and in the amounts customarily insured against by such Persons and carry such other insurance against risks as is usually carried by such Persons. The loss payable clauses or provisions in said insurance
policy or policies insuring any of the Collateral shall be endorsed in favor of and made payable to the Administrative Agent as its interests may appear and naming the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as “additional insureds” and shall
provide that the insurer will endeavor to give at least 30 days prior notice of any cancellation to the Administrative Agent. 
  
 (b)    Contemporaneously with the delivery of the financial statements required by Section 8.01(a) to be delivered for each year, the Borrower will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Administrative Agent a
certificate of insurance coverage from the insurer in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and, if requested, will furnish the Administrative Agent and the Lenders copies of the applicable policies. 
  
 (c)    The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, operate its Properties or cause such Properties to be
operated in a careful and efficient manner in accordance with the practices of the industry and in compliance with all applicable contracts and agreements and in compliance with all Governmental Requirements, including, without limitation,
applicable pro ration and Environmental Laws and all applicable laws, rules and regulations of every other Governmental Authority from time to time constituted to regulate the development and operation of its Oil and Gas Properties and the
production and sale of Hydrocarbons and other minerals therefrom, except, in each case, where the failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  
 (d)    The Borrower, at its own expense, will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to preserve and
keep in good repair, working order and efficiency (ordinary wear and tear excepted) all of its material Oil and Gas Properties and other material Properties, including, without limitation, all equipment, machinery and facilities, and from time to
time will make all the reasonably necessary repairs, renewals and replacements so that at all times the state and condition of its material Oil and Gas Properties and other material Properties will be preserved and maintained, except to the extent a
portion of such Properties is no longer capable of commercially producing Hydrocarbons. The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, promptly: (i) pay and discharge, or make reasonable and customary efforts to cause to be paid
and discharged, all delay rentals, royalties, expenses and indebtedness accruing under the leases or other agreements affecting or pertaining to its Oil and Gas Properties and will do all other things necessary to keep unimpaired their rights with
respect thereto and prevent any forfeiture thereof or default thereunder, and (ii) perform or make reasonable and customary efforts to cause to be performed, in accordance with industry standards, the obligations required by each and all of the
assignments, deeds, leases, sub-leases, contracts and agreements affecting its interests in its Oil and Gas Properties and other material Properties, except in each case of clauses (i) and (ii) to the extent a portion of such Properties is no longer
capable of producing Hydrocarbons in economically reasonable amounts and except for dispositions permitted by Section 9.11. The Borrower will and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to operate its Oil and Gas Properties and other material
Properties or cause or make reasonable and customary efforts to cause such Oil and Gas Properties and other
 
 

 53 

Table of Contents

 
material Properties to be operated in accordance with the practices of the industry and in material compliance with all applicable contracts and agreements and in compliance in all material
respects with all Governmental Requirements. To the extent the Borrower is not the operator of such Property, the Borrower shall use reasonable efforts to cause the operator to comply with this Section 8.03(d). 
  
 
Section 8.04    Environmental Matters. 
  
 (a)    The
Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, establish and implement such procedures as may be reasonably necessary to continuously determine and assure that any failure of the following could not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect: (i) all Property of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and the operations conducted thereon and other activities of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries are in compliance with and do not violate the
requirements of any Environmental Laws, (ii) no oil, oil and gas production or exploration wastes, hazardous substances or solid wastes are disposed of or otherwise released on or to any Property owned by any such party except in compliance with
Environmental Laws, (iii) no hazardous substance will be released on or to any such Property in a quantity equal to or exceeding that quantity which requires reporting pursuant to Section 103 of CERCLA and (iv) no oil, oil and gas exploration and
production wastes or hazardous substances or solid wastes are released on or to any such Property so as to pose an imminent and substantial endangerment to public health or welfare or the environment. 
  
 (b)    The Borrower will promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in writing of any threatened action, investigation
or inquiry by any Governmental Authority against the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries or their Properties which the Borrower has knowledge in connection with any Environmental Laws (excluding routine testing and corrective action) if the
Borrower reasonably anticipates that such action will result in liability, not fully covered by insurance, subject to normal deductibles, (whether individually or in the aggregate) in excess of $2,000,000. 
  
 
Section 8.05    Further Assurances.    The Borrower at its expense will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, promptly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent
all such other documents, agreements and instruments reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to comply with, cure any defects or accomplish the covenants and agreements of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in
the Security Instruments, Indebtedness and this Agreement, or to further evidence and more fully describe the Collateral, or to correct any omissions in the Security Instruments, or to state more fully the security obligations set out herein or in
any of the Security Instruments, or to perfect, protect or preserve any Liens created pursuant to any of the Security Instruments or the priority thereof, or to make any recordings, file any notices or obtain any consents, all as may be reasonably
necessary or appropriate in connection therewith. 
  
 
Section 8.06    Performance of Obligations.    The Borrower will pay the Indebtedness according to the terms set forth in this Agreement and the Loan Documents and the Borrower
will and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to do and perform every act and discharge all of the obligations to be performed and discharged by them under the Loan Documents and this Agreement, at the time or times and in the manner specified.

 

 54 

Table of Contents

  
 
Section 8.07    Reserve Reports. 
  
 (a)    On or before
March 1 and September 1 of each year, commencing March 1, 2002, the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders a Reserve Report. The Reserve Report as of December 31 of each year shall be prepared by one or more Approved
Petroleum Engineers, and the June 30 Reserve Report of each year shall be prepared by or under the supervision of the chief engineer of the Borrower who shall certify such Reserve Report to be true and accurate and to have been prepared in
accordance with the procedures used in the immediately preceding December 31 Reserve Report. 
  
 (b)    In the
event of an unscheduled redetermination, the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders a Reserve Report prepared by or under the supervision of the chief engineer of the Borrower who shall certify such Reserve Report to be
true and accurate and to have been prepared in accordance with the procedures used in the immediately preceding Reserve Report. For any unscheduled redetermination requested by the Required Lenders or the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.09(e),
the Borrower shall provide such Reserve Report with an “as of” date as required by the Administrative Agent as soon as possible, but in any event no later than thirty (30) days following the receipt of such request. 

 
 (c)    With the delivery of each Reserve Report, the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders,
a certificate from a Responsible Officer certifying that, to the best of his knowledge and in all material respects: (i) the information contained in the Reserve Report and any other information delivered in connection therewith is true and correct,
(ii) the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries owns good and defensible title to the Oil and Gas Properties evaluated in such Reserve Report and such Properties are free of all Liens except for Liens permitted by Section 9.03, (iii) except
as set forth on an exhibit to the certificate, on a net basis there are no gas imbalances, take or pay or other prepayments with respect to its Oil and Gas Properties evaluated in such Reserve Report which would require the Borrower or any
Restricted Subsidiary to deliver Hydrocarbons produced from such Oil and Gas Properties at some future time without then or thereafter receiving full payment therefor, (iv) none of their Oil and Gas Properties have been sold since the date of the
last Borrowing Base determination except as set forth on an exhibit to the certificate, which certificate shall list all of its Oil and Gas Properties sold and in such detail as reasonably required by the Required Lenders and (v) attached thereto is
a schedule of the Oil and Gas Properties evaluated by such Reserve Report that are Mortgaged Property. 
  
 
Section 8.08    Title Information. 
  
 (a)    On or before
the delivery to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of each Reserve Report required by Section 8.07(a), the Borrower will deliver title information in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent covering enough of the Oil
and Gas Properties evaluated by such Reserve Report that were not included in the immediately preceding Reserve Report, so that the Administrative Agent shall have received together with title information previously delivered to the Administrative
Agent, satisfactory title information on at least 80% of the value of the Oil and Gas Properties evaluated by such Reserve Report. 
 

 55 

Table of Contents

  
 (b)    If the Borrower has provided title information for additional
Properties under Section 8.08(a), the Borrower shall, within 60 days of notice from the Administrative Agent that title defects or exceptions exist with respect to such additional Properties, either (i) cure any such title defects or
exceptions (including defects or exceptions as to priority) which are not permitted by Section 9.03 raised by such information, (ii) substitute acceptable Mortgaged Properties with no title defects or exceptions except for Excepted Liens
having an equivalent value or (iii) deliver title information in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent so that the Administrative Agent shall have received, together with title information previously delivered to the
Administrative Agent, satisfactory title information on at least 80% of the value of the Oil and Gas Properties evaluated by such Reserve Report. 
  
 (c)    If the Borrower is unable to cure any title defect requested by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders to be cured within the 60-day period or the Borrower does not comply with the
requirements to provide acceptable title information covering 80% of the value of the Oil and Gas Properties evaluated in the most recent Reserve Report, such default shall not be a Default or an Event of Default, but instead the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders shall have the right to exercise the following remedy in their sole discretion from time to time, and any failure to so exercise this remedy at any time shall not be a waiver as to future exercise of the remedy by the
Administrative Agent or the Lenders. To the extent that the Administrative Agent or the Lenders are not satisfied with title to any Mortgaged Property after the 60-day period has elapsed, such unacceptable Mortgaged Property shall not count towards
the 80% requirement, and the Administrative Agent may send a notice to the Borrower and the Lenders that the then outstanding Borrowing Base shall be reduced by an amount as determined by the Majority Lenders to cause the Borrower to be in
compliance with the requirement to provide acceptable title information on 80% of the value of the Oil and Gas Properties. This new Borrowing Base shall become effective immediately after receipt of such notice. 
  
 
Section 8.09    Additional Collateral; Additional Guarantors. 
  
 (a)    In connection with each redetermination of the Borrowing Base, the Borrower shall review the Reserve Report and the list of current Mortgaged Properties to ascertain whether the Mortgaged Properties represent at
least 80% of the total value of the Oil and Gas Properties evaluated in the most recently completed Reserve Report after giving effect to exploration and production activities, acquisitions, dispositions and production. In the event that the
Mortgaged Properties do not represent at least 80% of such total value, then the Borrower shall, and shall cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to, grant to the Administrative Agent as security for the Indebtedness a first-priority Lien interest
(subject only to Excepted Liens of the type described in clauses (i) to (v), (vii) and (viii) of the definition thereof) on additional Oil and Gas Properties not already subject to a Lien of the Security Instruments such that affecting giving effect
thereto, the Mortgaged Properties will represent at least 80% of such value. All such Liens will be created and perfected by and in accordance with the provisions of deeds of trust, security agreements and financing statements, or other Security
Instruments, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and in sufficient executed (and acknowledged where necessary or appropriate) counterparts for recording purposes. In order to comply with the foregoing, if
any Restricted Subsidiary places a Lien on its Oil and Gas Properties and such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Guarantor, then it shall become a Guarantor and comply with Section 8.09(b). 
 

 56 

Table of Contents

  
 (b)    In the event that the Borrower determines that any Subsidiary is a
Material Domestic Subsidiary, the Borrower shall promptly cause such Material Domestic Subsidiary to guarantee the Indebtedness pursuant to the Guaranty Agreement. In connection with any such guaranty, the Borrower shall, or shall cause such
Material Domestic Subsidiary to, (A) execute and deliver a supplement to the Guaranty Agreement executed by such Domestic Material Subsidiary, (B) pledge all of the capital stock of such Domestic Material Subsidiary (including, without limitation,
delivery of original stock certificates evidencing the capital stock of such Material Domestic Subsidiary, together with an appropriate undated stock powers for each certificate duly executed in blank by the registered owner thereof) and (C) execute
and deliver such other additional closing documents, certificates and legal opinions as shall reasonably be requested by the Administrative Agent. 
  
 
Section 8.10    ERISA Information and Compliance.    As soon as available, and in any event, within ten (10) days after the Borrower obtains knowledge of any of the following,
the Borrower will furnish and will cause each ERISA Affiliate to promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent with sufficient copies to the Lenders (i) a written notice signed by a Responsible Officer describing the occurrence of any ERISA Event or
of any material “prohibited transaction,” as described in section 406 of ERISA or in section 4975 of the Code, in connection with any Plan or any trust created thereunder, and specifying what action the Borrower or the ERISA Affiliate is
taking or proposes to take with respect thereto, and, when known, any action taken or proposed by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or the PBGC with respect thereto, (ii) copies of any notice of the PBGC’s intention to
terminate or to have a trustee appointed to administer any Plan and (iii) a written notice of the Borrower’s or an ERISA Affiliate’s participation in a Multiemployer Plan. With respect to each Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan), the
Borrower will, and will cause each ERISA Affiliate to, (a) satisfy in full and in a timely manner, without incurring any material late payment or underpayment charge or penalty and without giving rise to any Lien, all of the contribution and funding
requirements of section 412 of the Code (determined without regard to subsections (d), (e), (f) and (k) thereof) and of section 302 of ERISA (determined without regard to sections 303, 304 and 306 of ERISA), and (b) pay, or cause to be paid, to the
PBGC in a timely manner, without incurring any material late payment or underpayment charge or penalty, all premiums required pursuant to sections 4006 and 4007 of ERISA. 
  
 
Section 8.11    Business of the Borrower.    The primary business of the Borrower and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries is and will continue to be the acquisition,
exploration for, development, production, transportation, processing and marketing of Hydrocarbons and accompanying minerals. 
  
 
Section 8.12    Payment of Taxes and Claims.    The Borrower will pay, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, (a) all taxes imposed upon it or any of its
assets or with respect to any of its franchises, business, income or profits before any material penalty or interest accrues thereon and (b) all material claims (including, without limitation, claims for labor, services, materials and supplies) for
sums which have become due and payable and which by law have or might become a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any of its assets; provided, however, no payment of taxes or claims shall be required if (i) the amount, applicability or validity
thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate action promptly initiated and diligently conducted in accordance with good business practices and no material part of the

 

 57 

Table of Contents

 
property or assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries are subject to levy or execution, and (ii) the Borrower as and to the extent required in accordance with GAAP, shall have
set aside on its books reserves (segregated to the extent required by GAAP) deemed by it to be adequate with respect thereto. 
  
 
Section 8.13    Permits, Licenses.    The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, maintain all material patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks
and trade names necessary to conduct its business, including, without limitation all consents, permits, licensees and agreements material to the Oil and Gas Properties. 
  
 ARTICLE IX 
 
Negative Covenants 
  
 The Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any of the Aggregate
Commitments is in effect and until payment in full of all Indebtedness hereunder and termination or expiration of any Letters of Credit issued hereunder, all interest thereon and all other amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder and under the
other Loan Documents: 
  
 
Section 9.01    Financial Covenants. 
  
 (a)    Total
Debt to EBITDAX Ratio: The Borrower will not permit at any time its ratio of Total Debt to EBITDAX (calculated quarterly at the end of each Fiscal Quarter on a rolling four quarter basis) to be more than 3.0 to 1.0. 
  
 (b)    EBITDAX to Interest Expense Ratio: The Borrower will not permit at any time its ratio of EBITDAX (calculated quarterly
at the end of each Fiscal Quarter on a rolling four quarter basis) to Interest Expense to be less than 2.5 to 1.0. 
  
 (c)    Tangible Net Worth: The Borrower will not permit Tangible Net Worth at any time to be less than the sum (without duplication) of (i) $167,000,000, plus (ii) 80% of any adjustments to Tangible Net Worth
relating to the MLP IPO, plus (iii) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for each Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower ending after the Closing Date (to the extent for any such Fiscal Quarter Consolidated Net Income is positive), plus (iv) 50% of the net
proceeds from the sale of equity securities by the Borrower after the Closing Date; provided that, for the purposes of this calculation, various non-cash events, including, without limitation, FASB 133 non-cash events, shall not contribute to
or be deducted from Consolidated Net Income. 
  
 
Section 9.02    Debt.    Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary will incur, create, assume or suffer to exist any Debt, except: 
  
 (a)    the Indebtedness arising under the Loan Documents or any guaranty of or suretyship arrangement for the Indebtedness arising
under the Loan Documents; 
  
 (b)    Debt of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the
Closing Date that is listed in Schedule 9.02, and any refinancings, renewals or extensions (but not increases) thereof; 
 

 58 

Table of Contents

  
 (c)    accounts payable (for the deferred purchase price of Property or
services) from time to time incurred in the ordinary course of business which, if greater than ninety (90) days past the invoice or billing date, are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings if reserves adequate under GAAP shall have
been established therefor; 
  
 (d)    Debt under Capital Leases (as required to be reported on the financial
statements of the Borrower pursuant to GAAP) not to exceed $2,000,000; 
  
 (e)    Debt associated with bonds or
surety obligations required by Governmental Requirements in connection with the operation of the Oil and Gas Properties; 
  
 (f)    intercompany Debt between the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent permitted by Section 9.05(g); provided that such Debt is not held, assigned,
transferred, negotiated or pledged to any Person other than the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, provided further, that any such Debt owed by either the Borrower or a Guarantor shall be subordinated to the Indebtedness on terms set forth in
the Guaranty Agreement; 
  
 (g)    endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course
of business; 
  
 (h)    Debt under Hedging Agreements permitted by Section 9.18; and 

 
 (i)    other Debt (not included under subsections (a) through (h) of this Section) not to exceed
$10,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding. 
  
 
Section 9.03    Liens.    Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary will create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any of its Properties (now owned or
hereafter acquired), except: 
  
 (a)    Liens securing the payment of any Indebtedness; 

 
 (b)    Excepted Liens; 
  
 (c)    Liens securing leases giving rise to Debt allowed under Section 9.02(d) but only on the Property under lease; 
  
 (d)    Liens (including the deposit of margin) on cash or other securities securing Hedging Agreements permitted by Section 9.18, provided that the aggregate
amount of cash and securities upon which such Liens have been granted do not exceed $7,500,000; 
  
 (e)    Liens disclosed on Schedule 9.03; 
  
 (f)    any Lien arising out of
the refinancing, extension, renewal or refunding of any Debt secured by any Lien permitted by any of the foregoing clauses in this Section 9.03; provided that any such Debt is not increased beyond the amount thereof outstanding on the Closing
Date (other than increases associated with the capitalization of refinancing costs) and is not secured by any additional assets; and 
 

 59 

Table of Contents

  
 (g)    additional Liens upon Property created after the date hereof,
provided that the aggregate Indebtedness secured thereby and incurred on or after the date hereof shall not exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding. 
  
 
Section 9.04    Dividends, Distributions and Redemptions.    The Borrower will not directly or indirectly declare or pay or incur any liability to pay, and the Borrower will
not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to directly or indirectly declare or pay, or incur any liability to pay any dividends or other distributions; provided that (i) any Subsidiary may pay dividends or make distributions to the
Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, and (ii) if no Borrowing Base Deficiency then exists and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, the Borrower may (A) declare and pay dividends solely in
additional shares of capital stock of the Borrower, (B) repurchase or redeem shares of its capital stock issued to its employees, officers or directors in an amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any 12-month period, provided, however,
that prior to January 1, 2002, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may pay dividends or make distributions in an amount not to exceed $3,000,000 in the aggregate for all such dividends or distributions, and (C) on or after January 1, 2002,
pay cash dividends and distributions to its shareholders from funds legally available for such purpose during any Fiscal Quarter in an amount not in excess of the amount of cash dividends or distributions received by the Borrower from the MLP during
such Fiscal Quarter. 
  
 
Section 9.05    Investments, Loans and Advances.    Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary will make or permit to remain outstanding any loans or advances to or
investments in any Person, except that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to: 
  
 (a)    Investments
reflected in the Financial Statements or which are disclosed to the Lenders in Schedule 9.05; 
  
 (b)    accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (c)    direct obligations of the United States or any agency thereof, or obligations guaranteed by the United States or any agency thereof, in each case maturing within one year from the date of creation thereof;

  
 (d)    commercial paper maturing within one year from the date of creation thereof rated in the highest
grade by S&P or Moody’s; 
  
 (e)    deposits maturing within one year from the date of creation
thereof with, including certificates of deposit issued by, any Lender or any office located in the United States of any other bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, has capital, surplus and
undivided profits aggregating at least $100,000,000 (as of the date of such Lender’s or bank or trust company’s most recent financial reports) and has a short term deposit rating of no lower than A2 or P2, as such rating is set forth from
time to time, by S&P or Moody’s, respectively; 
  
 (f)    deposits in money market funds investing
exclusively in Investments described in Section 9.05(c), 9.05(d) or 9.05(e); 
 

 60 

Table of Contents

  
 (g)    Investments (i) made by the Borrower in or to the Guarantors, (ii)
made by any Restricted Subsidiary in the Borrower or any Guarantor, and (iii) made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in or to all other Domestic Subsidiaries which are not Guarantors in an aggregate amount at any one time outstanding not
to exceed $5,000,000; 
  
 (h)    Investments in direct ownership interests in additional Oil and Gas Properties
and gas gathering systems related thereto or related to farm-out, farm-in, joint operating, joint venture or area of mutual interest agreements, gathering systems, pipelines or other similar arrangements which are usual and customary in the oil and
gas exploration and production business; and 
  
 (i)    other Investments, including Investments in
Unrestricted Subsidiaries, not to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate at any time. 
  
 
Section 9.06    Designation and Conversion of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries; Debt of Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 (a)    Unless designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary on Schedule 7.14 as of the Closing Date or thereafter pursuant to Section 9.06(b), any Person
that becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be classified as a Restricted Subsidiary. 
  
 (b)    The Borrower may designate any Restricted Subsidiary or any newly formed or newly acquired Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if (i) such designation is made by
the Borrower in a written notice to the Administrative Agent and (ii) such designation is approved by a vote of the Required Lenders. Except as provided in this Section, no Restricted Subsidiary may be redesignated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

  
 (c)    The Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if after giving
effect to such designation, (i) the representations and warranties of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries contained in each of the Loan Documents are true and correct on and as of such date as if made on and as of the date of such
redesignation (or, if stated to have been made expressly as of an earlier date, were true and correct as of such date), (ii) no Default or Event of Default would exist and (iii) the Borrower complies with the requirements of Sections 8.09,
8.12 and 9.14. Any such designation shall be treated as a cash dividend in an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Fair Market Value of the Borrower’s direct and indirect ownership interest in such Subsidiary or (B) the amount of
the Borrower’s cash investment previously made for purposes of the limitation on Investments under Section 9.05(i). 
  
 
Section 9.07    Nature of Business.    Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary will allow any material change to be made in the character of its business as an
independent oil and gas exploration and production company. 
  
 
Section 9.08    Proceeds of Loans.    The Borrower will not permit the proceeds of the Indebtedness to be used for any purpose other than those permitted by Section
7.07. Neither the Borrower nor any Person acting on behalf of the Borrower has taken or will take any action which might cause any of the Loan Documents to violate Regulations U or X or any other regulation of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System or to violate Section 7 of the

 

 61 

Table of Contents

 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any rule or regulation thereunder, in each case as now in effect or as the same may hereinafter be in effect. If requested by the Administrative Agent, the
Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a statement to the foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of FR Form U-1 or such other form referred to in Regulation U, Regulation T or Regulation X of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as the case may be. 
  
 
Section 9.09    ERISA Compliance.    The Borrower will not at any time: 
  
 (a)    engage in, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to engage in, any transaction in connection with which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate could be subjected to either a material civil penalty
assessed pursuant to section 502(c), (i) or (l) of ERISA or a material tax imposed by Chapter 43 of Subtitle D of the Code with respect to a Plan; 
  
 (b)    terminate, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to terminate, any Plan in a manner, or take any other action with respect to any Plan, which could result in any liability to the Borrower or any
ERISA Affiliate to the PBGC which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; 
  
 (c)    fail to make, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to fail to make, full payment when due of all amounts which, under the provisions of any Plan, agreement relating thereto or applicable law, the Borrower or any ERISA
Affiliate is required to pay as contributions thereto if such failure could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; 
  
 (d)    permit to exist, or allow any ERISA Affiliate to permit to exist, any accumulated funding deficiency within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA or section 412 of the Code, whether or not waived, with respect to
any Plan which exceeds $2,000,000; 
  
 (e)    except as provided in Section 9.09(g), permit, or allow
any ERISA Affiliate to permit, the actuarial present value of the benefit liabilities under any Plan maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate which is regulated under Title IV of ERISA to exceed the current value of the assets (computed on
a plan termination basis in accordance with Title IV of ERISA) of such Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities by more than $2,000,000, with the term “actuarial present value of the benefit liabilities” having the meaning specified in
section 4041 of ERISA; 
  
 (f)    contribute to or assume an obligation to contribute to, or permit any
Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate to contribute to or assume an obligation to contribute to, any Multiemployer Plan if such action could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; 
  
 (g)    acquire, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to acquire, an interest in any Person that causes such Person to become an ERISA Affiliate with respect to the Borrower
or any ERISA Affiliate if such Person sponsors, maintains or contributes to, or at any time in the six-year period preceding such acquisition has sponsored, maintained, or contributed to, (i) any Multiemployer Plan if the funding status of such
Multiemployer Plan is such that a total or partial withdrawal from it by such Person could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) any other Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA under which the actuarial present value
of the benefit liabilities under such Plan exceeds the current value of the

 

 62 

Table of Contents

 
assets (computed on a plan termination basis in accordance with Title IV of ERISA) of such Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities by an amount in excess of $2,000,000; 

 
 (h)    incur, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to incur, a liability to or on account of a Plan under sections 515, 4062,
4063, 4064, 4201 or 4204 of ERISA in excess of $2,000,000; or 
  
 (i)    amend, or permit any ERISA Affiliate
to amend, a Plan resulting in an increase in current liability such that the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is required to provide security to such Plan under section 401(a)(29) of the Code. 
  

Section 9.10    Mergers, Etc.    Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary will merge into or with or consolidate with any other Person, or sell, lease or otherwise
dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its Property or assets to any other Person (any such transaction, a “consolidation”); provided that 
  
 (a)    the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may participate in a consolidation with any other Person; provided that (i) no
Default or Event of Default is continuing, (ii) any such consolidation would not cause a Default or Event of Default hereunder, (iii) if the Borrower consolidates with any Person, the Borrower shall be the surviving Person, (iv) if any Restricted
Subsidiary consolidates with any Person (other than the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) and such Restricted Subsidiary is not the surviving Person, such surviving Person shall expressly assume in writing (in form and substance satisfactory to
the Administrative Agent) all obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary under the Loan Documents and (iv) the Borrowing Base will be redetermined in accordance with Section 2.09; 
  
 (b)    any Restricted Subsidiary may participate in a consolidation with the Borrower (provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation) or
any other Restricted Subsidiary (provided that the surviving entity shall be a Restricted Subsidiary). 
  
 
Section 9.11    Sale of Oil and Gas Properties.    The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, sell, assign, farm-out, convey or otherwise transfer
any Oil and Gas Property or any interest in any Oil and Gas Property except for (a) the sale of Hydrocarbons in the ordinary course of business; (b) farmouts of undeveloped acreage and assignments in connection with such farmouts; (c) the sale or
transfer of equipment that is no longer necessary for the business of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary or is replaced by equipment of at least comparable value and use; (d) the sale, transfer or other disposition of equity interests in
Unrestricted Subsidiaries and (e) sales or other dispositions (including Casualty Events and dispositions resulting from the exercise of eminent domain, condemnation or nationalization) of Oil and Gas Properties or any interest therein or, with the
prior written consent of the Required Lenders, all capital stock or other equity interests in Restricted Subsidiaries owning Oil and Gas Properties; provided that such sales or other dispositions of Oil and Gas Properties or Restricted Subsidiaries
owning Oil and Gas Properties included in the most recently delivered Reserve Report during any period between two successive Scheduled Redetermination Dates exceeding $5,000,000, individually or in the aggregate, shall result in an adjustment to
the Borrowing Base in an amount equal to the value, if any, assigned such Property by the Majority Lenders in good faith; and provided further that if any such sale or other disposition is of a Restricted Subsidiary owning Oil and Gas Properties,
such sale or other disposition shall include all the capital stock of

 

 63 

Table of Contents

 
such Restricted Subsidiary. To assign such a value, the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent and the Lenders notice of the proposed sale or other disposition not less than ten (10) days
prior to the date of the proposed sale or other disposition. The Administrative Agent shall, in good faith and utilizing the Engineering Reports delivered in connection with the most recent redetermination of the Borrowing Base (or the initial
determination, as applicable), propose to the Lenders a reduction to the Borrowing Base to reflect the value of the Properties being sold or otherwise disposed of. Thereafter, the Lenders shall have five (5) days to approve or object to such
proposed amount; and any failure to object shall be deemed to be an approval. In the event there is no approval or deemed approval, the Administrative Agent shall poll the Lenders to ascertain the lowest reduction to the Borrowing Base then
acceptable to a number of Lenders sufficient to constitute the Required Lenders for purposes of this Section 9.11 and such amount shall then be the allocated value of the Property subject to such sale or disposition. 
  
 
Section 9.12    Environmental Matters.    Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary will cause or permit any of its Property to be in violation of, or do anything or
permit anything to be done which will subject any such Property to any remedial obligations under any Environmental Laws, assuming disclosure to the applicable Governmental Authority of all relevant facts, conditions and circumstances, if any,
pertaining to such Property where such violations or remedial obligations could reasonably be expected to result in an Environmental Liability to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in excess of $4,000,000. 
  
 
Section 9.13    Transactions with Affiliates.    Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary will enter into any transaction, including, without limitation, any
purchase, sale, lease or exchange of Property or the rendering of any service, with any Affiliate (other than the Guarantors and wholly-owned Subsidiaries of the Borrower) unless such transactions are otherwise permitted under this Agreement and are
upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to it than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate. 
  
 
Section 9.14    Subsidiaries.    The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or acquire any additional Restricted Subsidiary or
redesignate an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary unless the Borrower complies with Section 8.09(b). The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, sell, assign or otherwise dispose of any capital
stock in any Restricted Subsidiary except in compliance with Section 9.11(e). 
  
 
Section 9.15    Negative Pledge Agreements.     Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary will create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any contract, agreement or
understanding (other than this Agreement, the Security Instruments, instruments governing Debt permitted under Section 9.02(h) or other instruments creating Liens permitted by Section 9.03(c) and (e)) which in any way prohibits
or restricts the granting, conveying, creation or imposition of any Lien on any of its Property in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders or restricts any Restricted Subsidiary from paying dividends to the Borrower, or which requires the
consent of or notice to other Persons in connection therewith. 
  
 
Section 9.16    Gas Imbalances, Take-or-Pay or Other Prepayments.    The Borrower will not allow gas imbalances, take-or-pay or other prepayments with respect to the Oil and
Gas

 

 64 

Table of Contents

 
Properties of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that would require the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries to deliver Hydrocarbons produced on Oil and Gas Properties at some future
time without then or thereafter receiving full payment therefor to exceed two (2) Bcf of gas in the aggregate on a net basis for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 
Section 9.17    Fiscal Year; Fiscal Quarter.    The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, change its Fiscal Year or any of its Fiscal Quarters.

  
 
Section 9.18    Hedging Agreements.    The Borrower will not enter into, and the Borrower will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to enter into, any Hedging
Agreements in respect of Hydrocarbons which would cause the amount of Hydrocarbons which are the subject of Hedging Agreements in existence at such time to exceed either (i) ninety percent (90%) of the Borrower’s and its Restricted
Subsidiaries’ production from Proved Hydrocarbon Reserves during the term of such existing Hedging Agreements as set forth on the most current Reserve Report or (ii) one hundred percent (100%) of the Borrower’s and its Restricted
Subsidiaries’ production from Proved Developed Producing Hydrocarbon Reserves during the term of such existing Hedging Agreements as set forth on the most current Reserve Report. The Borrower will not, and the Borrower will not permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to, post letters of credit to secure obligations under Hedging Agreements which, when added to the amount of cash and other securities pledged under Section 9.03(d) exceeds $7,500,000 in aggregate for all such
Hedging Agreements. 
  
 
Section 9.19    Restricted Subsidiaries.    Except as permitted by Sections 9.10 and 9.11(e), at all times, the Borrower shall directly or indirectly through a
wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary retain full, absolute and unencumbered title to all of the issued and outstanding stock or other ownership interests in each Restricted Subsidiary. 
  
 ARTICLE X 
 
Events of Default; Remedies 
  
 
Section 10.01    Events of Default.    One or more of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default”: 
  
 (a)    the Borrower shall default in the payment or prepayment when due of any Indebtedness, or any fees or other amount payable by
it hereunder or under any Loan Document and such default, other than a default of a payment or prepayment of principal (which shall have no cure period), shall continue unremedied for a period of three (3) Business Days; 
  
 (b)    (i) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall default in the payment when due of any principal of or interest on any of
its other Debt in principal outstanding amount aggregating $2,000,000 or more, or any event specified in any note, agreement, indenture or other document evidencing or relating to any such Debt shall occur if the effect of such event is to cause, or
(with the giving of any notice or the lapse of time or both) to permit the holder or holders of such Debt (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, such Debt to become due prior to its stated maturity or (ii) a default or
early termination event shall occur and be continuing under any Hedging Agreement between the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any other Person which results in a net payment being due by the Borrower or

 

 65 

Table of Contents

 
such Restricted Subsidiary in excess of $2,000,000 and such payment is not paid when due or within three (3) Business Days thereafter; 
  
 (c)    any material representation or warranty made or deemed made herein or in any Loan Document by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any certificate
furnished to any Lender or the Administrative Agent pursuant to the provisions hereof or any Loan Document, shall prove to have been false or misleading as of the time made or furnished in any material respect; 
  
 (d)    (i) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall default in the performance of any of its obligations under Article
IX or (ii) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall default in the performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement (other than Article IX) or any other Loan Document (other than the payment of amounts due which shall be
governed by Section 10.01(a)) and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after the earlier to occur of (A) notice thereof to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent or any Lender (through the Administrative
Agent) or (B) a Responsible Officer of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise becoming aware of such default; 
  
 (e)    the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall admit in writing its inability to, or be generally unable to, pay its debts as such debts become due; 
  
 (f)    the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee
or liquidator of itself or of all or a substantial part of its Property, (ii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iii) commence a voluntary case under the Federal Bankruptcy Code (as now or hereafter in effect), (iv) file a
petition seeking to take advantage of any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up, liquidation or composition or readjustment of debts, (v) fail to controvert in a timely and appropriate manner, or acquiesce in
writing to, any petition filed against it in an involuntary case under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; 
  
 (g)    a proceeding or case shall be commenced, without the application or consent of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any court of competent
jurisdiction, seeking (i) its liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or winding-up, or the composition or readjustment of its debts, (ii) the appointment of a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator or the like of such Person of all or any
substantial part of its assets, (iii) similar relief in respect of such Person under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up, or composition or adjustment of debts, and such proceeding or case shall continue
undismissed, or an order, judgment or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered and continue unstayed and in effect, for a period of sixty (60) days or (iv) an order for relief against such Person shall be entered in an
involuntary case under the Federal Bankruptcy Code; 
  
 (h)    a judgment or judgments for the payment of money
in excess of $2,000,000 (net of any amount payable because of insurance) in the aggregate shall be rendered by a court against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and the same shall not be discharged (or provision shall not be made for such
discharge), or a stay of execution thereof shall not be procured, within thirty (30) days from the date of entry thereof and the Borrower or such
 
 

 66 

Table of Contents

 
Restricted Subsidiary shall not, within said period of thirty (30) days, or such longer period during which execution of the same shall have been stayed, appeal in good faith therefrom and cause
the execution thereof to be stayed during such appeal; 
  
 (i)    the Loan Documents after delivery thereof
shall for any reason, except to the extent permitted by the terms thereof, cease to be in full force and effect and valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms against the Borrower or a Guarantor party thereto, or cease to create a
valid and perfected Lien of the priority required thereby on any of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby, except to the extent permitted by the terms of this Agreement, or the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their
Affiliates shall so state in writing; or 
  
 (j)    any Person or two or more Persons acting as a group (as
defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of 35% or more of the outstanding shares of voting
stock of the Borrower; or individuals who, as of the Closing Date, constitute the Board of Directors of the Borrower (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the
Borrower; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director of the Borrower subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Borrower’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the
directors then comprising the Incumbent Board, shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either
an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person
other than the Board of Directors of the Borrower. 
  
 
Section 10.02    Remedies. 
  
 (a)    In the case of an
Event of Default other than one referred to in Section 10.01 (e), (f) or (g), the Administrative Agent shall, upon request of the Required Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, cancel the Commitments and/or declare the principal
amount then outstanding of, and the accrued interest on, the Loans and all other amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder (including, without limitation, the payment of cash collateral to secure the LC Exposure as provided in Section
2.11(b)) to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon such amounts shall be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration or other formalities of any kind, all of which are
hereby expressly waived by the Borrower. 
  
 (b)    In the case of the occurrence of an Event of Default
referred to in Section 10.01 (e), (f) or (g), the Commitments shall be automatically canceled and the principal amount then outstanding of, and the accrued interest on, the Loans and all other amounts payable by the Borrower
hereunder (including, without limitation, the payment of cash collateral to secure the LC Exposure as provided in Section 2.11(b)) shall become automatically immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest, notice of intent
to accelerate, notice of acceleration or other formalities of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower. 
 

 67 

Table of Contents

  
 (c)    In the case of the occurrence of an Event of Default, the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders will have all other rights and remedies available at law and equity. 
  
 (d)    All proceeds received after maturity of the Indebtedness, whether by acceleration or otherwise, shall be applied first to reimbursement of expenses and indemnities provided for in this Agreement and the Security
Instruments; second to accrued interest on the Indebtedness; third to fees; fourth to principal outstanding on the Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness with respect to Hedging Obligations); fifth to serve as cash collateral to be held by the
Administrative Agent to secure the LC Exposure; sixth to Indebtedness with respect to Hedging Obligations; and any excess shall be paid to the Borrower or as otherwise required by any Governmental Requirement. 
  
 ARTICLE XI 
 
The Agents 
  
 
Section 11.01    Appointment, Powers and Immunities.    Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes Chase to act as its administrative agent hereunder and under the
Loan Documents with such powers as are specifically delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Neither the Administrative
Agent nor any Agent (which term as used in this sentence and in Section 11.05 and the first sentence of Section 11.06 shall include reference to each of their Affiliates and its and its Affiliates’ officers, directors, employees,
attorneys, accountants, experts and agents): (i) shall have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, and shall not by reason of the Loan Documents be a trustee or fiduciary for any Lender; (ii) makes any
representation or warranty to any Lender and shall not be responsible to the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties contained in this Agreement, or in any certificate or other document referred to or provided for herein,
or received by any of them under, this Agreement, or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, execution, effectiveness, legality, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other document referred to or provided for herein or
for any failure by the Borrower or any other Person (other than itself) to perform any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder or for the existence, value, perfection or priority of any collateral security or the financial or other condition of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any other obligor or guarantor; (iii) except pursuant to Section 11.07, shall be required to initiate or conduct any litigation or collection proceedings hereunder; and (iv) shall be responsible for any
action taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder or under any other document or instrument referred to or provided for herein or in connection herewith INCLUDING ITS OWN ORDINARY NEGLIGENCE, except for its own gross negligence or willful
misconduct. The Agents may employ agents, accountants, attorneys and experts and shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any such agents, accountants, attorneys or experts selected by it in good faith or any action taken or
omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such agents, accountants, attorneys or experts. The Agents may deem and treat the payee of any Indebtedness as the holder thereof for all purposes hereof unless and until a
written notice of the assignment or transfer thereof permitted hereunder shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent. 
 

 68 

Table of Contents

  
 
Section 11.02    Reliance by Administrative Agent.    The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any certification, notice or other communication (including any
thereof by telephone, telex, telecopier, telegram or cable) believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by or on behalf of the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel, independent
accountants and other experts selected by it. 
  
 
Section 11.03    Defaults.    The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of the occurrence of a Default (other than the non-payment of principal of or
interest on Loans or of fees or failure to reimburse for Letter of Credit drawings) unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from a Lender or the Borrower specifying such Default and stating that such notice is a “Notice of
Default.” In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice of the occurrence of a Default, the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders. In the event of a payment Default, the Administrative
Agent shall give each Lender prompt notice of each such payment Default. 
  
 
Section 11.04    Rights as a Lender.    With respect to its Commitment and the Loans made by it and its participation in the issuance of Letters of Credit, Chase (and any
successor acting as Administrative Agent), and First Union, Bank One or RBC (an any successors acting as Co-Syndication Agents), in their respective capacity as a Lender hereunder shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender
and may exercise the same as though it were not acting as an Agent, and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless the context otherwise indicates, include each Agent in its individual capacity. Chase, First
Union, Bank One and RBC (and any successor acting as an Agent) and their respective Affiliates may (without having to account therefor to any Lender) accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust or other
business with the Borrower (and any of its Affiliates) as if it were not acting as an Agent, and Chase, First Union, Bank One and RBC and their respective Affiliates may accept fees and other consideration from the Borrower for services in
connection with this Agreement or otherwise without having to account for the same to the Lenders. 
  
 
Section 11.05    INDEMNIFICATION.    THE LENDERS AGREE TO INDEMNIFY THE AGENTS, THE ARRANGER AND THE ISSUING BANK RATABLY FOR THE INDEMNITY MATTERS AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION
12.03 TO THE EXTENT NOT INDEMNIFIED OR REIMBURSED BY THE BORROWER UNDER SECTION 12.03, BUT WITHOUT LIMITING THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE BORROWER UNDER SAID SECTION 12.03 AND FOR ANY AND ALL OTHER LIABILITIES, OBLIGATIONS, LOSSES,
DAMAGES, PENALTIES, ACTIONS, JUDGMENTS, SUITS, COSTS, EXPENSES OR DISBURSEMENTS OF ANY KIND AND NATURE WHATSOEVER WHICH MAY BE IMPOSED ON, INCURRED BY OR ASSERTED AGAINST THE AGENTS, THE ARRANGER OR ANY ISSUING BANK IN ANY WAY RELATING TO OR ARISING
OUT OF: (I) THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS CONTEMPLATED BY OR REFERRED TO HEREIN OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, BUT EXCLUDING, UNLESS A DEFAULT HAS OCCURRED AND IS CONTINUING, NORMAL ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS AND
EXPENSES INCIDENT TO THE PERFORMANCE OF THEIR AGENCY DUTIES HEREUNDER OR (II) THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY OF THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR OF ANY SUCH OTHER DOCUMENTS; WHETHER OR NOT ANY OF THE FOREGOING SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION
ARISES FROM THE SOLE OR

 

 69 

Table of Contents

 
CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE OF THE AGENTS, THE ARRANGER OR THE ISSUING BANK, PROVIDED THAT NO LENDER SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOREGOING TO THE EXTENT THEY ARISE FROM THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR
WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF THE PERSON SEEKING SUCH INDEMNIFICATION. 
  
 
Section 11.06    Non-Reliance on the Agents, Arranger and other Lenders.    Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that it has, independently and without reliance on the Agents,
the Arranger or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and its own decision to enter into this Agreement, and that each Lender
will, independently and without reliance upon the Agents, the Arranger or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own analysis and decisions in taking or not taking
action under this Agreement. The Agents and the Arranger shall not be required to keep themselves informed as to the performance or observance by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of this Agreement, the Loan Documents or any other document
referred to or provided for herein or to inspect the properties or books of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries. Except for notices, reports and other documents and information expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative
Agent hereunder, no Agent or Arranger shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition or business of the Borrower (or any of its Affiliates) which may come
into the possession of such Agent or any of its Affiliates. In this regard, each Lender acknowledges that Mayer, Brown & Platt is acting in this transaction as special counsel to the Administrative Agent only, except to the extent otherwise
expressly stated in any legal opinion or any Loan Document. Each other party hereto will consult with its own legal counsel to the extent that it deems necessary in connection with the Loan Documents and the matters contemplated therein.

  
 
Section 11.07    Action by Administrative Agent.    Except for action or other matters expressly required of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall in all
cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to act hereunder unless it shall (i) receive written instructions from the Majority Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable, (or all of the Lenders as expressly required by Section 12.04)
specifying the action to be taken, and (ii) be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expenses which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The instructions as
aforesaid and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto by the Administrative Agent shall be binding on all of the Lenders. If a Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such
Default as shall be directed by the requisite Lenders in the written instructions (with indemnities) described in this Section, provided that, unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent
may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders. In no event, however, shall the Administrative Agent be required
to take any action which exposes the Administrative Agent to personal liability or which is contrary to this Agreement, the Loan Documents or applicable law. If a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Co-Syndication Agents
shall not have any obligation to perform any act in respect thereof. 
 

 70 

Table of Contents

  
 
Section 11.08    Resignation or Removal of Agent.    Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Agent as provided below, any Agent may resign at any time by
giving notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower, and any Agent may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Required Lenders. Upon any such resignation or removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor
Agent; provided that the successor shall have a combined capital and surplus of not less than $200,000,000 or its equivalent in other currencies. If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such
appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Agent’s giving of notice of resignation or the Required Lenders’ removal of the retiring Agent, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint its successor; provided
that the successor shall have a combined capital and surplus of not less than $200,000,000 or its equivalent in other currencies. Upon the acceptance of such appointment hereunder by a successor, such successor shall thereupon succeed to and become
vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After any retiring Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder as an Agent, the
provisions of this Article XI and Section 12.03 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as such Agent. 
  
 
Section 11.09    Authority of Administrative Agent to Release Liens.    The Administrative Agent is authorized to release any Collateral that is permitted to be sold or
released pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to execute and deliver to the Borrower, at the Borrower’s sole cost and expense, any and all releases of Liens, termination statements,
assignments or other documents reasonably requested by the Borrower in connection with any sale or other disposition of Property to the extent such sale or other disposition is permitted by the terms of Section 9.11 or is otherwise authorized
by the terms of the Loan Documents. 
  
 
Section 11.10    Arranger and the Co-Syndication Agents.    The Arranger and the Co-Syndication Agents shall have no duties, responsibilities or liabilities under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents other than their duties, responsibilities and liabilities in their capacity as Lenders hereunder. 
  
 ARTICLE XII 
 
Miscellaneous 
  
 
Section 12.01    Waiver.    No failure on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to,
any right, power or privilege under any of the Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under any of the Loan Documents preclude any other or further exercise thereof
or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law. 
  
 
Section 12.02    Notices.    All notices and other communications provided for herein and in the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, any modifications of, or
waivers or consents under, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents) shall be given or made by telecopy, courier or U.S. Mail or in writing and telecopied, mailed or delivered to the intended

 

 71 

Table of Contents

 
recipient at the following addresses or in the Loan Documents or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a notice to each other party: 

 
 (a)    if to Borrower, to: 
  
 
	 Penn Virginia Corporation
 
	 One Radnor Corporate Center, Suite 200
 
	 Radnor, PA 19087
 
	 Attention:
 	  	 Frank A. Pici
 
	  	  	 Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
 
	 Telephone No.:
 	  	 (610) 687-8900
 
	 Telecopier No.:
 	  	 (610) 687-3688
 
	 E-mail:
 	  	 fpici@pennvirginia.com
 

 
  
 with a copy to: 
  
 
	 Penn Virginia Corporation
 
	 One Radnor Corporate Center, Suite 200
 
	 Radnor, PA 19087
 
	 Attention:
 	  	 Nancy M. Snyder, Esq.
 
	  	  	 Vice President, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary
 
	 Telephone No.:
 	  	 (610) 687-8900
 
	 Telecopier No.:
 	  	 (610) 687-3688
 
	 E-mail:
 	  	 nsnyder@pennvirginia.com
 

 
  
 (b)    if to the Administrative Agent, to: 

 
 
	 Loan and Agency Services
 
	 The Chase Manhattan Bank
 
	 One Chase Manhattan Plaza, 8th Floor
 
	 New York, New York 10081
 
	 Telephone No.:
 	  	 (212) 552-7943
 
	 Telecopier No.:
 	  	 (212) 552-2261
 
	 Attention:
 	  	 Mr. Muniram Appanna
 

 
  
 with a copy to: 
  
 
	 The Chase Manhattan Bank
 
	 600 Travis, 20th Floor
 
	 Houston, Texas 77002
 
	 Telephone No.:
 	  	 (713) 216-4327
 
	 Telecopier No.:
 	  	 (713) 216-4117
 
	 Attention:
 	  	 Robert C. Mertensotto
 

 
 

 72 

Table of Contents

  
 (c)    if to any other Agent or Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy
number) provided to the Agent and Borrower or as set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire. 
  
 Except as otherwise provided in
this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, all such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when transmitted, if transmitted before 5:00 p.m. local time on a Business Day (otherwise on the next succeeding Business Day) by
telecopier and evidence or confirmation of receipt is obtained, or personally delivered or, in the case of a mailed notice, three (3) Business Days after the date deposited in the mails, postage prepaid, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid.

  
 
Section 12.03    Payment of Expenses, Indemnities, etc.    The Borrower agrees: 
  
 (a)    whether or not the transactions hereby contemplated are consummated, to pay all reasonable expenses of the Administrative Agent in the administration (both before and after the execution
hereof and including advice of counsel for the Administrative Agent as to the rights and duties of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect thereto) of, and in connection with the negotiation, syndication, investigation, preparation,
execution and delivery of, recording or filing of, preservation of rights under, enforcement of, and refinancing, renegotiation or restructuring of, the Loan Documents and any amendment, waiver or consent relating thereto (including, without
limitation, travel, photocopy, mailing, courier, telephone and other similar expenses of the Administrative Agent, the cost of environmental audits, surveys and appraisals at reasonable intervals, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel and
other outside consultants for the Administrative Agent and, in the case of enforcement, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent and any of the Lenders); and promptly reimburse the Administrative Agent for all
amounts expended, advanced or incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in accordance with this Agreement in connection with the preservation of rights under, enforcement of, and refinancing, renegotiation or restructuring of, the Loan
Documents and any amendment, waiver or consent relating thereto and to satisfy any obligation of the Borrower under this Agreement or any Loan Document, including without limitation, all costs and expenses of foreclosure; 
  
 (b)    TO INDEMNIFY THE AGENTS, THE ARRANGER AND EACH LENDER AND EACH OF THEIR AFFILIATES AND EACH OF THEIR OFFICERS, DIRECTORS,
EMPLOYEES, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS, ATTORNEYS, ACCOUNTANTS AND EXPERTS (“INDEMNIFIED PARTIES”) FROM, HOLD EACH OF THEM HARMLESS AGAINST AND PROMPTLY UPON DEMAND PAY OR REIMBURSE EACH OF THEM FOR, THE INDEMNITY MATTERS WHICH MAY BE
INCURRED BY OR ASSERTED AGAINST OR INVOLVE ANY OF THEM (WHETHER OR NOT ANY OF THEM IS DESIGNATED A PARTY THERETO) AS A RESULT OF, ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO (I) ANY ACTUAL OR PROPOSED USE BY THE BORROWER OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES OF
THE PROCEEDS OF ANY OF THE LOANS OR LETTERS OF CREDIT, (II) THE EXECUTION, DELIVERY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, (III) THE OPERATIONS OF THE BUSINESS OF THE BORROWER AND THE SUBSIDIARIES BY THE BORROWER AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (IV) THE
FAILURE OF THE BORROWER OR ANY RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY TO COMPLY WITH THE TERMS OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, INCLUDING THIS AGREEMENT, OR WITH ANY GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENT, (V) ANY INACCURACY OF ANY 
 

 73 

Table of Contents

 
REPRESENTATION OR ANY BREACH OF ANY WARRANTY OF THE BORROWER OR ANY GUARANTOR SET FORTH IN ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, (VI) THE ISSUANCE, EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OR TRANSFER OF OR PAYMENT OR
FAILURE TO PAY UNDER ANY LETTER OF CREDIT, (VII) THE PAYMENT OF A DRAWING UNDER ANY LETTER OF CREDIT NOTWITHSTANDING THE NON-COMPLIANCE, NON-DELIVERY OR OTHER IMPROPER PRESENTATION OF THE MANUALLY EXECUTED DRAFT(S) AND CERTIFICATION(S), (VIII) ANY
ASSERTION THAT THE LENDERS WERE NOT ENTITLED TO RECEIVE THE PROCEEDS RECEIVED PURSUANT TO THE SECURITY INSTRUMENTS OR (IX) ANY OTHER ASPECT OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE REASONABLE FEES AND DISBURSEMENTS OF COUNSEL AND
ALL OTHER EXPENSES INCURRED IN CONNECTION WITH INVESTIGATING, DEFENDING OR PREPARING TO DEFEND ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT, PROCEEDING (INCLUDING ANY INVESTIGATIONS, LITIGATION OR INQUIRIES) OR CLAIM AND INCLUDING ALL INDEMNITY MATTERS ARISING BY REASON
OF THE ORDINARY NEGLIGENCE OF ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY, BUT EXCLUDING ALL INDEMNITY MATTERS ARISING SOLELY BY REASON OF CLAIMS BETWEEN THE LENDERS OR ANY LENDER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR A LENDER’S SHAREHOLDERS AGAINST THE ADMINISTRATIVE
AGENT OR LENDER OR BY REASON OF THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT ON THE PART OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY; AND 
  
 (c)    TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS FROM TIME TO TIME THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL LOSSES, CLAIMS, COST RECOVERY ACTIONS, ADMINISTRATIVE ORDERS OR PROCEEDINGS, DAMAGES AND LIABILITIES TO WHICH ANY
SUCH PERSON MAY BECOME SUBJECT (I) UNDER ANY ENVIRONMENTAL LAW APPLICABLE TO THE BORROWER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY OR ANY OF THEIR PROPERTIES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE TREATMENT OR DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES ON ANY OF THEIR PROPERTIES, (II)
AS A RESULT OF THE BREACH OR NON-COMPLIANCE BY THE BORROWER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY WITH ANY ENVIRONMENTAL LAW APPLICABLE TO THE BORROWER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY, (III) DUE TO PAST OWNERSHIP BY THE BORROWER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY OF ANY OF THEIR PROPERTIES OR PAST
ACTIVITY ON ANY OF THEIR PROPERTIES WHICH, THOUGH LAWFUL AND FULLY PERMISSIBLE AT THE TIME, COULD RESULT IN PRESENT LIABILITY, (IV) THE PRESENCE, USE, RELEASE, STORAGE, TREATMENT OR DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES ON OR AT ANY OF THE PROPERTIES
OWNED OR OPERATED BY THE BORROWER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY, OR (V) ANY OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH OR SAFETY CONDITION IN CONNECTION WITH THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, NO INDEMNITY SHALL BE AFFORDED UNDER THIS SECTION 12.03(C) IN RESPECT OF
ANY PROPERTY FOR ANY OCCURRENCE ARISING FROM THE ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER DURING THE PERIOD AFTER WHICH SUCH PERSON, ITS SUCCESSORS OR ASSIGNS SHALL HAVE OBTAINED POSSESSION OF SUCH PROPERTY (WHETHER BY FORECLOSURE
OR DEED IN LIEU OF FORECLOSURE, AS MORTGAGEE-IN-POSSESSION OR OTHERWISE). 
 

 74 

Table of Contents

  
 (d)    No Indemnified Party may settle any claim to be indemnified without
the consent of the indemnitor, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. For purposes of this Section 12.03(d), the parties acknowledge that an indemnitor may not reasonably withhold or delay consent to any settlement that an
Indemnified Party proposes, if the indemnitor does not have the financial ability to pay all its obligations outstanding and asserted against the indemnitor at that time, including the maximum potential liability that may be assessed against the
Indemnified Party and for which indemnification pursuant to this Section would be required, the amount of such liability to be determined by a nationally recognized defense counsel selected by the Indemnified Party to be substantially likely to be
due assuming litigation on the merits of the claim against the Indemnified Party. 
  
 (e)    In the case of any
indemnification hereunder, the Administrative Agent or Lender, as appropriate shall give notice to the Borrower of any such claim or demand being made against the Indemnified Party and the Borrower shall have the non-exclusive right to join in the
defense against any such claim or demand, provided that if the Borrower provides a defense, the Indemnified Party shall bear its own cost of defense unless there is a conflict between the Borrower and such Indemnified Party. 
  
 (f)    THE FOREGOING INDEMNITIES SHALL EXTEND TO THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES NOTWITHSTANDING THE SOLE OR CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE OF EVERY
KIND OR CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ACTIVE OR PASSIVE, WHETHER AN AFFIRMATIVE ACT OR AN OMISSION, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL TYPES OF NEGLIGENT CONDUCT IDENTIFIED IN THE RESTATEMENT (SECOND) OF TORTS OF ONE OR MORE OF THE INDEMNIFIED
PARTIES OR BY REASON OF STRICT LIABILITY IMPOSED WITHOUT FAULT ON ANY ONE OR MORE OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES. TO THE EXTENT THAT AN INDEMNIFIED PARTY IS FOUND TO HAVE COMMITTED AN ACT OF GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, THIS CONTRACTUAL
OBLIGATION OF INDEMNIFICATION SHALL CONTINUE BUT SHALL ONLY EXTEND TO THE PORTION OF THE CLAIM THAT IS DEEMED TO HAVE OCCURRED BY REASON OF EVENTS OTHER THAN THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY. 

 
 (g)    The Borrower’s obligations under this Section shall survive any termination of this Agreement and the payment
of the Indebtedness and shall continue thereafter in full force and effect. 
  
 (h)    The Borrower shall pay
any amounts due under this Section within thirty (30) days of the receipt by the Borrower of notice of the amount due. 
  
 
Section 12.04    Amendments, Etc.    Any provision of this Agreement or any Security Instrument may be amended, modified or waived with the Borrower’s and the Required
Lenders’ prior written consent; provided that (i) no amendment, modification or waiver which extends the Termination Date, increases the Borrowing Base, modifies Section 2.03(a), Section 2.09 or the definition of “Majority
Lenders” or “Required Lenders” shall be effective without the consent of all of the Lenders; (ii) no amendment, modification or waiver which forgives the principal amount of any Indebtedness under this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, releases any

 

 75 

Table of Contents

 
Guarantor (except as set forth in the Guaranty Agreement) or releases all or substantially all of the Collateral (other than as provided in Section 11.09), reduces the interest rate
applicable to the Loans or the fees payable to the Lenders generally, reduces the percentage set forth in Section 8.09 to less than 80% or modifies this Section 12.04 or Section 12.06(a) shall be effective without consent of all
Lenders; (iii) no amendment, modification or waiver which increases the Maximum Credit Amount of any Lender shall be effective without the consent of such Lender; (iv) no amendment, modification or waiver which modifies the rights, duties or
obligations of any Agent or the Issuing Bank shall be effective without the consent of such Agent or the Issuing Bank, as applicable; and (v) any supplement to Schedule 7.14 (Subsidiaries) shall be effective simply by delivering to the
Administrative Agent a supplemental schedule clearly marked as such and, upon receipt, the Administrative Agent will promptly deliver a copy thereof to the Lenders. 
  
 
Section 12.05    Successors and Assigns.    This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted
assigns. 
  
 
Section 12.06    Assignments and Participations. 
  
 (a)    Neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor may assign its rights or obligations hereunder or under this Agreement, the Loan Documents or any Letters of Credit without the prior written consent of all of the Lenders
and the Administrative Agent. 
  
 (b)    Any Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a
portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement pursuant to an Assignment Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit G (an “Assignment”); provided, however, that (A) after giving effect to any
such assignment, both the assignee and the assignor shall have Maximum Credit Amounts of at least $5,000,000 (unless the Borrower shall have consented to a smaller amount) and (B) the assignee or assignor shall pay to the Administrative Agent a
processing and recordation fee of $3,500 for each assignment. Any such assignment will become effective upon the execution and delivery to the Administrative Agent of the Assignment and a completed Administrative Questionnaire and the consent of the
Administrative Agent. Promptly after receipt of an executed Assignment under this Section 12.06(b), the Administrative Agent shall send to the Borrower a copy of such executed Assignment. Upon the effectiveness of any assignment pursuant to
this Section 12.06(b), the assignee will become a “Lender,” if not already a “Lender,” for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The assignor shall be relieved of its obligations hereunder to the
extent of such assignment (and if the assigning Lender no longer holds any rights or obligations under this Agreement, such assigning Lender shall cease to be a “Lender” hereunder except that its rights under Sections 4.06,
5.01, 5.05 and 12.03 shall not be affected). The Administrative Agent shall, upon request of the Borrower or a Lender, prepare on the last Business Day of each month during which an assignment has become effective pursuant to
this Section 12.06(b), a new Annex I giving effect to all such assignments effected during such month, and will promptly provide the same to the Borrower and each of the Lenders. 
  

(c)    Each Lender may transfer, grant or assign participations in all or any part of such Lender’s interests hereunder pursuant to this Section
12.06(c) to any Person, provided that: (i) such Lender shall remain a “Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement and the transferee of

 

 76 

Table of Contents

 
such participation shall not constitute a “Lender” hereunder; and (ii) no participant under any such participation shall have rights to approve any amendment to or waiver of any of the
Loan Documents except to the extent such amendment or waiver would (x) forgive any principal owing on any Indebtedness or extend the final maturity of the Loans, (y) reduce the interest rate or fees applicable to any of the Commitments or the Loans
or Letters of Credit in which such participant is participating, or postpone the payment of any thereof, or (z) release any guarantor of the Indebtedness (except as provided in the Loan Documents) or release all or substantially all of the
Collateral (except as provided in the Loan Documents) supporting any of the Aggregate Commitments or Loans or Letters of Credit in which such participant is participating. In the case of any such participation, the participant shall not have any
rights under this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents (the participant’s rights against the granting Lender in respect of such participation to be those set forth in the agreement with such Lender creating such participation), and all
amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder shall be determined as if such Lender had not sold such participation, provided that such participant shall be entitled to receive additional amounts under Article V on the same basis as if it were a
Lender and be indemnified under Section 12.03 as if it were a Lender. In addition, each agreement creating any participation must include an agreement by the participant to be bound by the provisions of Section 12.14. 

 
 (d)    The Lenders may furnish any information concerning the Borrower in the possession of the Lenders from time to time
to assignees and participants (including prospective assignees and participants); provided that, such Persons agree in writing to be bound by the provisions of Section 12.14. 
  
 (e)    Notwithstanding anything in this Section 12.06 to the contrary, any Lender may assign and pledge all or any of its portion of the Indebtedness to any
Federal Reserve Bank or the United States Treasury as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any operating circular issued by such Federal Reserve System and/or such Federal Reserve
Bank. Promissory notes shall be issued under this Agreement only to the extent necessary to facilitate pledges under this subparagraph. No such assignment and/or pledge shall release the assigning and/or pledging Lender from its obligations
hereunder. 
  
 (f)    Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 12.06, no transfer or
assignment of the interests or obligations of any Lender or any grant of participations therein shall be permitted if such transfer, assignment or grant would require the Borrower to file a registration statement with the SEC or to qualify the Loans
under the “Blue Sky” laws of any state. 
  
 Sec
tion 12.07    Invalidity.    In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained in any of the Loan Documents or the Letters of Credit, the Letter of Credit
Agreements shall, for any reason, be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document. 
  
 
Section 12.08    Counterparts.    This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and
any of the parties hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such counterpart. 
 

 77 

Table of Contents

  
 
Section 12.09    References.    The words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other words of similar import when used in this Agreement refer to
this Agreement as a whole, and not to any particular article, section or subsection. Any reference herein to a Section shall be deemed to refer to the applicable Section of this Agreement unless otherwise stated herein. Any reference herein to an
exhibit or schedule shall be deemed to refer to the applicable exhibit or schedule attached hereto unless otherwise stated herein. 
  
 
Section 12.10    Survival.    The obligations of the parties under Section 4.06, Article V, and Sections 11.05 and 12.03 shall survive the
repayment of the Loans and the termination of the Aggregate Commitments. To the extent that any payments on the Indebtedness or proceeds of any Collateral are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required
to be repaid to a trustee, debtor in possession, receiver or other Person under any bankruptcy law, common law or equitable cause, then to such extent, the Indebtedness so satisfied shall be revived and continue as if such payment or proceeds had
not been received and the Administrative Agent’s and the Lenders’ Liens, security interests, rights, powers and remedies under this Agreement and each Loan Document shall continue in full force and effect. In such event, each Loan Document
shall be automatically reinstated and the Borrower shall take such action as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to effect such reinstatement. 
  
 
Section 12.11    Captions.    Captions and section headings appearing herein are included solely for convenience of reference and are not intended to affect the interpretation
of any provision of this Agreement. 
  
 
Section 12.12    GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION. 
  
 (a)    THIS AGREEMENT AND THE LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT UNITED STATES FEDERAL LAW PERMITS ANY LENDER TO CONTRACT FOR,
CHARGE, RECEIVE, RESERVE OR TAKE INTEREST AT THE RATE ALLOWED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE WHERE SUCH LENDER IS LOCATED. CHAPTER 346 OF THE TEXAS FINANCE CODE (WHICH REGULATES CERTAIN REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN ACCOUNTS AND REVOLVING TRI-PARTY ACCOUNTS)
SHALL NOT APPLY TO THIS AGREEMENT. 
  
 (b)    ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS
SHALL BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS OR OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS, AND, BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY HEREBY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND (TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW)
IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF
FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH RESPECTIVE JURISDICTIONS. THIS SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION IS NON-EXCLUSIVE AND

 

 78 

Table of Contents

 
DOES NOT PRECLUDE A PARTY FROM OBTAINING JURISDICTION OVER ANOTHER PARTY IN ANY COURT OTHERWISE HAVING JURISDICTION. 
  
 (c)    EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF
BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO IT AT THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED ON ITS SIGNATURE PAGE OF THIS AGREEMENT, SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME EFFECTIVE THIRTY (30) DAYS AFTER SUCH MAILING. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF A PARTY OR ANY
HOLDER OF INDEBTEDNESS TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST ANOTHER PARTY IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. 
  
 (d)    EACH PARTY HEREBY (I) IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING
TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN; (II) IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER IN ANY SUCH LITIGATION ANY SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR DAMAGES OTHER THAN, OR IN ADDITION TO, ACTUAL DAMAGES; (III) CERTIFIES THAT NO PARTY HERETO NOR ANY REPRESENTATIVE OR AGENT OF COUNSEL FOR ANY PARTY HERETO HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, OR IMPLIED THAT SUCH PARTY
WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVERS, AND (IV) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY BY, AMONG OTHER
THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION. 
  
 
Section 12.13    Interest.    It is the intention of the parties hereto that each Lender shall conform strictly to usury laws applicable to it. Accordingly, if the
transactions contemplated hereby would be usurious as to any Lender under laws applicable to it (including the laws of the United States of America and the State of Texas or any other jurisdiction whose laws may be mandatorily applicable to such
Lender notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement), then, in that event, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any of the Loan Documents or any agreement entered into in connection with or as security for the Indebtedness, it is
agreed as follows: (i) the aggregate of all consideration which constitutes interest under law applicable to any Lender that is contracted for, taken, reserved, charged or received by such Lender under any of the Loan Documents or agreements or
otherwise in connection with the Indebtedness shall under no circumstances exceed the maximum amount allowed by such applicable law, and any excess shall be canceled automatically and if theretofore paid shall be credited by such Lender on the
principal amount of the Indebtedness (or, to the extent that the principal amount of the Indebtedness shall have been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded by such Lender to the Borrower); and (ii) in the event that the maturity of the
Indebtedness is accelerated by reason of an election of the holder thereof resulting from any Event of Default under this Agreement or

 

 79 

Table of Contents

 
otherwise, or in the event of any required or permitted prepayment, then such consideration that constitutes interest under law applicable to any Lender may never include more than the maximum
amount allowed by such applicable law, and excess interest, if any, provided for in this Agreement or otherwise shall be canceled automatically by such Lender as of the date of such acceleration or prepayment and, if theretofore paid, shall be
credited by such Lender on the principal amount of the Indebtedness (or, to the extent that the principal amount of the Indebtedness shall have been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded by such Lender to the Borrower). All sums paid or agreed
to be paid to any Lender for the use, forbearance or detention of sums due hereunder shall, to the extent permitted by law applicable to such Lender, be amortized, prorated, allocated and spread throughout the stated term of the Loans evidenced by
the Loan Documents until payment in full so that the rate or amount of interest on account of any Loans hereunder does not exceed the maximum amount allowed by such applicable law. If at any time and from time to time (i) the amount of interest
payable to any Lender on any date shall be computed at the Highest Lawful Rate applicable to such Lender pursuant to this Section and (ii) in respect of any subsequent interest computation period the amount of interest otherwise payable to such
Lender would be less than the amount of interest payable to such Lender computed at the Highest Lawful Rate applicable to such Lender, then the amount of interest payable to such Lender in respect of such subsequent interest computation period shall
continue to be computed at the Highest Lawful Rate applicable to such Lender until the total amount of interest payable to such Lender shall equal the total amount of interest which would have been payable to such Lender if the total amount of
interest had been computed without giving effect to this Section. To the extent that Chapter 303 of the Texas Finance Code is relevant for the purpose of determining the Highest Lawful Rate applicable to a Lender, such Lender elects to determine the
applicable rate ceiling under such Chapter by the weekly ceiling from time to time in effect. Chapter 346 of the Texas Finance Code does not apply to the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. 
  

Section 12.14    Confidentiality.    In the event that the Borrower provides to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders confidential information belonging to the Borrower, if
the Borrower shall denominate such information as “confidential”, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall thereafter maintain such information in confidence in accordance with the standards of care and diligence that each utilizes
in maintaining its own confidential information. This obligation of confidence shall not apply to such portions of the information which (i) are in the public domain, (ii) hereafter become part of the public domain without the Administrative Agent
or the Lenders breaching their obligation of confidence to the Borrower, (iii) are previously known by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders from some source other than the Borrower, (iv) are hereafter developed by the Administrative Agent or the
Lenders without using the Borrower’s information, (v) are hereafter obtained by or available to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders from a third party who owes no obligation of confidence to the Borrower with respect to such information or
through any other means other than through disclosure by the Borrower, (vi) are disclosed with the Borrower’s consent, (vii) must be disclosed either pursuant to any Governmental Requirement or to Persons regulating the activities of the
Administrative Agent or the Lenders or by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in any suit, action or proceeding for the purpose of defending itself, reducing its liability or protecting or exercising any claim, right, remedy or interest under or
in connection with the Loan Documents or the Hedging Agreements with any Lender (or an Affiliate of such Lender), or (viii) as may be required by law or regulation or order of any Governmental Authority in any judicial, arbitration

 

 80 

Table of Contents

 
or governmental proceeding. Further, the Administrative Agent or a Lender may disclose any such information to any other Person engaged by it or other Lender, any independent petroleum engineers
or consultants, any independent certified public accountants, any legal counsel employed by such Person in connection with this Agreement or any Loan Document, including without limitation, the enforcement or exercise of all rights and remedies
thereunder, or any assignee or participant (including prospective assignees and participants) in the Loans; provided, however, that the Administrative Agent or the Lenders shall receive a confidentiality agreement from the Person to whom such
information is disclosed such that said Person shall have the same obligation to maintain the confidentiality of such information as is imposed upon the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder. 
  
 
Section 12.15    EXCULPATION PROVISIONS.    EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO SPECIFICALLY AGREES THAT IT HAS A DUTY TO READ THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND AGREES
THAT IT IS CHARGED WITH NOTICE AND KNOWLEDGE OF THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS; THAT IT HAS IN FACT READ THIS AGREEMENT AND IS FULLY INFORMED AND HAS FULL NOTICE AND KNOWLEDGE OF THE TERMS, CONDITIONS AND EFFECTS OF THIS
AGREEMENT; THAT IT HAS BEEN REPRESENTED BY INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE THROUGHOUT THE NEGOTIATIONS PRECEDING ITS EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS; AND HAS RECEIVED THE ADVICE OF ITS ATTORNEY IN ENTERING INTO THIS
AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS; AND THAT IT RECOGNIZES THAT CERTAIN OF THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS RESULT IN ONE PARTY ASSUMING THE LIABILITY INHERENT IN SOME ASPECTS OF THE TRANSACTION AND RELIEVING THE OTHER
PARTY OF ITS RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUCH LIABILITY. EACH PARTY HERETO AGREES AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT CONTEST THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF ANY EXCULPATORY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS ON THE BASIS THAT THE PARTY
HAD NO NOTICE OR KNOWLEDGE OF SUCH PROVISION OR THAT THE PROVISION IS NOT “CONSPICUOUS.” 
  
 
Section 12.16    Collateral Matters; Hedging Agreements.    The benefit of the Security Instruments and of the provisions of this Agreement relating to the Collateral shall
also extend to and be available to those Lenders or their Affiliates which are counterparties to the Hedging Agreements on a pro rata basis in respect of any obligations of Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which arise under any Hedging
Agreement that is in effect at such time as such Person (or its Affiliate) is a Lender, but only while such Person or its Affiliate is a Lender. 
  
 
Section 12.17    NO ORAL AGREEMENTS.    THE LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN THE LETTERS OF CREDIT) EMBODY THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND UNDERSTANDING BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND SUPERSEDE
ALL OTHER AGREEMENTS AND UNDERSTANDINGS BETWEEN SUCH PARTIES RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND THEREOF. THE LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR
SUBSEQUENT

 

 81 

Table of Contents

  
 ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES. 
  
 [SIGNATURES BEGIN NEXT PAGE] 
 

 82 

Table of Contents

 The parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written. 
  
  
 
	 BORROWER:
 	 	 PENN VIRGINIA CORPORATION
 
	 
	  	 	 By:                                      
                       
 
	  	 	 Name: Nancy M. Snyder
 
	  	 	 Title:   Vice President
 

 
  
 [Signature Page - Credit Agreement] 
 

 S-1 

Table of Contents

 
	 ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:
 	 	 THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
 as Administrative
Agent
 
	 
	  	 	 By:                                      
                              
 
	  	 	 Name:
 
	  	 	 Title:
 

 
  
 [Signature Page - Credit Agreement] 
 

 S-2 

Table of Contents

 
	 CO-SYNDICATION AGENTS:
 	 	 FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK,
as Co-Syndication Agent
 
	 
	  	 	 By:                                      
        
 
	  	 	 Name:
 
	  	 	 Title:
 

 
  
 [Signature Page - Credit Agreement] 
 

 S-3 

Table of Contents

 
	 BANK ONE, NA, as Co-Syndication Agent
 
	 
	 By:                                      
                              
 
	 Name:
 
	 Title:
 

 
  
 [Signature Page - Credit Agreement] 
 

 S-4 

Table of Contents

 
	 ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Co-Syndication
Agent
 
	 
	 By:                                      
                              
 
	 Name:
 
	 Title:
 

 
  
 [Signature Page - Credit Agreement] 
 

 S-5 

Table of Contents

 
	 LENDERS:
 	 	 THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as a Lender
 
	 
	  	 	 By:                                      
                
 
	  	 	 Name:
 
	  	 	 Title:
 

 
  
 [Signature Page - Credit Agreement] 
 

 S-6 

Table of Contents

 
	 FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK, as a Lender
 
	 
	 By:                                      
                              
 
	 Name:
 
	 Title:
 

 
  
 [Signature Page - Credit Agreement] 
 

 S-7 

Table of Contents

 
	 BANK ONE, NA, as a Lender
 
	 
	 By:                                      
                              
 
	 Name:
 
	 Title:
 

 
  
 [Signature Page - Credit Agreement] 
 

 S-8 

Table of Contents

 
	 ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as a Lender
 
	 
	 By:                                      
                              
 
	 Name:
 
	 Title:
 

 
  
 [Signature Page - Credit Agreement] 
 

 S-9 

Table of Contents

  
 
	 FORTIS CAPITAL CORP., as a Lender
 
	 
	 By:                                      
                              
 
	 Name:
 
	 Title:
 
	 
	 By:                                      
                              
 
	 Name:
 
	 Title:
 

 
  
 [Signature Page - Credit Agreement] 
 

 S-10 

Table of Contents

  
 
	 THE FUJI BANK, LIMITED, as a Lender
 
	 
	 By:                                      
                              
 
	 Name:
 
	 Title:
 

 
  
 [Signature Page - Credit Agreement] 
 

 S-11 

Table of Contents

 
	 THE SANWA BANK LIMITED, as a Lender
 
	 
	 By:                                      
                              
 
	 Name:
 
	 Title:
 

 
  
 [Signature Page - Credit Agreement] 
 

 S-12 

Table of Contents

 
	 TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS), INC., as a Lender
 
	 
	 By:                                      
                              
 
	 Name:
 
	 Title:
 

 
  
 [Signature Page - Credit Agreement] 
 

 S-13 

Table of Contents

 
	 WELLS FARGO BANK TEXAS, N.A., as a Lender
 
	 
	 By:                                      
                              
 
	 Name:
 
	 Title:
 

 
  
 [Signature Page - Credit Agreement] 
 

 S-14 

Table of Contents

 ANNEX I 
  
 LIST OF MAXIMUM
CREDIT AMOUNTS 
  
 Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts 
  
 
	 Name of Lender
 
	 	 Percentage Share
 
	 	 Maximum Credit Amount
 

	 The Chase Manhattan Bank
 	 	 11.6666666667%
 	 	 $17,500,000
 
	 First Union National Bank
 	 	 11.6666666667%
 	 	 $17,500,000
 
	 Bank One, NA
 	 	 11.6666666667%
 	 	 $17,500,000
 
	 Royal Bank of Canada
 	 	 11.6666666667%
 	 	 $17,500,000
 
	 Fortis Capital Corp.
 	 	 10.6666666666%
 	 	 $16,000,000
 
	 The Fuji Bank, Limited
 	 	 10.6666666666%
 	 	 $16,000,000
 
	 The Sanwa Bank Limited
 	 	 10.6666666666%
 	 	 $16,000,000
 
	 Toronto Dominion (Texas), Inc.
 	 	 10.6666666666%
 	 	 $16,000,000
 
	 Wells Fargo Bank Texas, N.A.
 	 	 10.6666666666%
 	 	 $16,000,000
 
	  	 	  	 	 

	 TOTAL
 	 	 100.00%
 	 	 $150,000,000
 
	  	 	  	 	 

 
 

 Annex I-1Prepared by R.R. Donnelley Financial -- EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

Table of Contents

  
 EXHIBIT 10.2 
  
 PENN VIRGINIA CORPORATION AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES 
  
 EMPLOYEES’ STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN 

 
 (As amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2001) 

Table of Contents

 
 PENN VIRGINIA CORPORATION AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES 
  
 EMPLOYEES’ STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN 
  
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS  
  
 
	  	 	  	  	 Page
 

	 ARTICLE I     
DEFINITIONS
  
 	  	 2
 
	 ARTICLE II    
ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION
  
 	  	 12
 
	 2.1.
 	 	 
Initial Eligibility
 	  	 12
 
	 2.2
 	 	 
Participation 
 	  	 12
 
	 2.3.
 	 	 
Participation After Reemployment
 	  	 12
 
	 2.4.
 	 	 
Data
 	  	 13
 
	 2.5.
 	 	 
Omission of Eligible Employee
 	  	 13
 
	 2.6.
 	 	 
Inclusion of Ineligible Employee
  
 	  	 13
 
	 ARTICLE III    
COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS
  
 	  	 13
 
	 3.1.
 	 	 
Company Contributions 
 	  	 13
 
	 3.2.
 	 	 
Participant Contributions 
 	  	 15
 
	 3.3.
 	 	 
Trust Fund
  
 	  	 15
 
	 ARTICLE IV    
PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS
  
 	  	 15
 
	 4.1.
 	 	 
Creation of Accounts 
 	  	 15
 
	 4.2.
 	 	 
Valuation
 	  	 15
 
	 4.3.
 	 	 
Apportionment of Gain or Loss
 	  	 15
 
	 4.4.
 	 	 
Allocation of Company Contributions
 	  	 16
 
	 4.5.
 	 	 
Allocation of Dividends
 	  	 16
 
	 4.6.
 	 	 
Dividend Limitations
 	  	 17
 
	 4.7.
 	 	 
Special Allocation
 	  	 17
 
	 4.8.
 	 	 
Supplementary Allocation
 	  	 18
 
	 4.9.
 	 	 
Accounting for Allocations
 	  	 18
 
	 4.10.
 	 	 
Special Nonallocation Rule
 	  	 19
 
	 4.11.
 	 	 
Maximum Annual Additions
  
 	  	 19
 
	 ARTICLE V    
VESTING 
  
 	  	 22
 
	 ARTICLE VI    
BENEFIT DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTICIPANTS AND BENEFICIARIES 
  
 	  	 22
 
	 6.1.
 	 	 
General
 	  	 22
 
	 6.2.
 	 	 
Time of Distribution to Participants
 	  	 22
 
	 6.3.
 	 	 
TEFRA 242(b) Elections
 	  	 23
 

 
 

 1 

Table of Contents

 
	  	 	  	  	 Page
 

	 6.4.
 	 	 
Cash Out
 	  	 23
 
	 6.5.
 	 	 
Valuation for Distribution
 	  	 23
 
	 6.6.
 	 	 
Mode of Distribution
 	  	 23
 
	 6.7.
 	 	 
Form of Distribution
 	  	 23
 
	 6.8.
 	 	 
Option to Have Sponsor Purchase Company Stock
 	  	 24
 
	 6.9.
 	 	 
Restrictions on Participants’ Disposition of Company Stock
 	  	 24
 
	 6.10.
 	 	 
Beneficiary Designation
 	  	 25
 
	 6.11.
 	 	 
Mailing Address
 	  	 26
 
	 6.12.
 	 	 
Delay in Benefit Determination
 	  	 26
 
	 6.13.
 	 	 
Eligible Rollover Distributions
 	  	 26
 
	 6.14.
 	 	 
Administrative Discretion
  
 	  	 26
 
	 ARTICLE VII    
TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS 
  
 	  	 26
 
	 7.1.
 	 	 
General
 	  	 26
 
	 7.2.
 	 	 
Definitions
 	  	 27
 
	 7.3.
 	 	 
Minimum Contribution for Non-Key Employees
 	  	 29
 
	 7.4.
 	 	 
Social Security
 	  	 30
 
	 7.5.
 	 	 
Employees Covered By Collective Bargaining Agreements
  
 	  	 30
 
	 ARTICLE VIII    
RULES GOVERNING BENEFIT CLAIMS AND REVIEW OF APPEALS
  
 	  	 30
 
	 8.1
 	 	 
Claims Procedure
 	  	 30
 
	 8.2.
 	 	 
Litigation
  
 	  	 31
 
	 ARTICLE IX    
PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
  
 	  	 32
 
	 9.1.
 	 	 
Authority of Plan Administrator
 	  	 32
 
	 9.2.
 	 	 
Conclusive Determination of Plan Administrator
 	  	 32
 
	 9.3.
 	 	 
General Equitable Authority to Correct Record-Keeping Mistakes
 	  	 32
 
	 9.4.
 	 	 
Reliance on Tables, etc
 	  	 32
 
	 9.5.
 	 	 
Identity of Plan Administrator
 	  	 32
 
	 9.6.
 	 	 
Duties of Plan Administrator
 	  	 33
 
	 9.7.
 	 	 
Responsibilities to Participants
 	  	 33
 
	 9.8.
 	 	 
Establishment of Participants’ Accounts
 	  	 33
 
	 9.9.
 	 	 
Plan Expenses
 	  	 33
 
	 9.10.
 	 	 
Indemnification of Plan Administrator
  
 	  	 33
 
	 ARTICLE X    
TRUST FUND
  
 	  	 34
 
	 10.1.
 	 	 
Designation of Trustee
 	  	 34
 
	 10.2.
 	 	 
Exclusive Benefit
 	  	 34
 
	 10.3.
 	 	 
No Interest in Fund
 	  	 34
 
	 10.4.
 	 	 
Trustee to be Fiduciary
 	  	 34
 
	 10.5.
 	 	 
Investments
 	  	 34
 
	 10.6.
 	 	 
Participant Diversification of Investments
 	  	 35
 
	 10.7.
 	 	 
Voting of Company Stock
 	  	 35
 

 
 

 2 

Table of Contents

 
	  	  	  	  	 Page
 

	 10.8.
 	  	 
Liability of Trustee
 	  	 36
 
	 10.9.
 	  	 
Indemnification
  
 	  	 36
 
	 ARTICLE XI    
ACQUISITION LOANS
  
 	  	 37
 
	 11.1.
 	  	 
Acquisition Loan for Financing Purchase of Company Stock
 	  	 37
 
	 11.2.
 	  	 
Release of Financed Shares
 	  	 37
 
	 11.3.
 	  	 
Company Stock Acquired through an Acquisition Loan
  
 	  	 38
 
	 ARTICLE XII    
NO ASSIGNMENT OF BENEFITS
  
 	  	 38
 
	 12.1.
 	  	 
No Assignment of Benefits
 	  	 38
 
	 12.2.
 	  	 
Qualified Domestic Relations Orders
  
 	  	 38
 
	 ARTICLE XIII    
FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY
  
 	  	 39
 
	 13.1.
 	  	 
Named Fiduciary
 	  	 39
 
	 13.2.
 	  	 
Bonding of Fiduciaries
 	  	 39
 
	 13.3.
 	  	 
Responsibility of Fiduciaries
  
 	  	 39
 
	 ARTICLE XIV    
FUTURE OF PLAN
  
 	  	 39
 
	 14.1.
 	  	 
Possibility of Amendment or Termination
 	  	 39
 
	 14.2.
 	  	 
Merger or Consolidation
  
 	  	 40
 
	 ARTICLE XV    
VETERANS’ REEMPLOYMENT RIGHTS
  
 	  	 40
 
	 15.1.
 	  	 
Crediting Service 
 	  	 40
 
	 15.2.
 	  	 
Compensation
 	  	 40
 
	 15.3.
 	  	 
Qualified Military Service
 	  	 40
 
	 15.4.
 	  	 
Earnings and Forfeitures
  
 	  	 41
 
	 ARTICLE XVI    
GENERAL PROVISIONS
  
 	  	 41
 
	 16.1.
 	  	 
No Employment Rights
 	  	 41
 
	 16.2.
 	  	 
Source of Benefits
 	  	 41
 
	 16.3.
 	  	 
Governing Law
 	  	 41
 
	 16.4.
 	  	 
Incapacity
 	  	 41
 
	 16.5.
 	  	 
Adoption of Plan By Other Employer
  
 	  	 41
 
	 
	 APPENDIX A—
Participating Employers
 	  	  

 
  
 

 3 

Table of Contents

  
 PENN VIRGINIA CORPORATION AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES 
  
 EMPLOYEES’ STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN 
  
 This is the Penn Virginia Corporation and Affiliated Companies Employees’ Stock Ownership Plan (the “Plan”), as amended and restated, that Penn Virginia Corporation maintains for its eligible employees and those of its
affiliates that have adopted the Plan for their eligible employees. This Plan amendment and restatement is effective January 1, 2001. However, any provision of the Plan that is required to have an effective date prior to January 1, 2001, in order to
comply with the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, the Internal Revenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998, the Community
Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000 or other legislation shall be effective on the earliest date required by law. 
  
 Notwithstanding
this Plan amendment and restatement, the rights and obligations under the Plan with respect to an employee who terminates employment before the effective date of this amendment and restatement shall be governed by the terms of the Plan as in effect
on the date of his termination of employment, and the accrued benefit of any Participant shall not be reduced as a result of this amended and restated Plan. 
  
 BACKGROUND 
  
 Penn Virginia Corporation and the other Participating Employers maintain the
Plan as an employee stock ownership plan for eligible employees to provide a means for them to acquire an equity interest in the Penn Virginia Corporation. The Participating Employers wish to recognize the contribution made to the successful
operation of the Participating Employers by their Employees, to encourage broader stock ownership in Penn Virginia Corporation by eligible employees, and to share with Employees the benefits of continued growth in Penn Virginia Corporation
profitability. The Plan is a stock bonus plan under section 401(a) of the Code and is intended to be an employee stock ownership plan under section 4975(e)(7) of the Code and regulations thereunder. 
  
 The purpose of the Plan is to describe the terms and conditions under which contributions, made pursuant to the Plan and used primarily or exclusively
to purchase stock of Penn Virginia Corporation, will be allocated and paid to the Participants and their Beneficiaries. The Plan is for the exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries. The Board of Directors of Penn Virginia Corporation has
authorized the execution of this restated and amended Plan and the Trust Agreement as presented to it. 
 

Table of Contents

  
 ARTICLE I 
  
 
DEFINITIONS 
  
 In this Plan, whenever the context so indicates, the singular or plural number and the
masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall be deemed to include the other. The following capitalized words and phrases shall have the meanings specified when used in the Plan and the Trust Agreement, unless a different meaning is plainly required by
the context. 
  
 1.1.  “Account” means the accounts maintained to record the interest of a Participant
in Trust Assets held pursuant to Plan and Trust Agreement documents. 
  
 1.1.1.  “Company Stock
Account” means the Account to which is credited Company Stock, which has been contributed in kind, purchased and paid for by the Trustee with Company Contributions, released from the Unallocated Stock Suspense Account for allocation to the
Company Stock Account, or forfeited by other Participants. 
  
 1.1.2.  “Company Contribution
Account” means the Account to which are credited Company Contributions made in cash and any investments in a Participant’s Account which are not credited to the Participant’s Company Stock Account. 
  
 1.2.  “Acquisition Loan” means a loan (or other extension of credit) used by the Trustee to finance the acquisition of
Company Stock, which loan constitutes an Exempt Loan, as defined in Section 1.26. 
  
 1.3.  “Acquisition Loan
Company Contribution” means the amounts contributed to the Plan by the Participating Employers pursuant to Section 3.1 to repay an Acquisition Loan. 
  
 1.4.  “Alternate Payee” means any spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a domestic relations order as having a right to receive all or a
portion of a Participant’s benefits under the Plan. 
  
 1.5.  “Anniversary Date” means December
31st of each year (the last day of each Plan Year). 
  
 1.6.  “Annual Addition” means the sum credited to the Participant under each defined contribution plan for any Limitation Year, of: 
  
 1.6.1.  Company Contributions, 
  
 1.6.2.  Employee contributions (other than Rollover Contributions), and 
  
 1.6.3.  forfeitures. 
 

 2 

Table of Contents

  
 The term “Annual Addition” shall also include the amount allocated to a separate account of the Participant to
provide post-retirement medical benefits (a) under a defined benefit plan, as described in section 415(l)(1) of the Code, and (b) with respect to a Participant who is, or was, a Key Employee for any Plan Year, under a welfare benefit fund, as
described in section 419A)(d)(2) of the Code. If no more than one-third of the Company Contribution for a Plan Year is allocated to the group of Employees consisting of Highly Compensated Employees, then Company Contributions in Section 1.6.1 above
shall not include any portion of the Company Contribution used to pay interest on an Acquisition Loan and charged against the Participant’s Account and “forfeitures” in Section 1.6.3 shall not include forfeitures of Company Stock
acquired by the Plan pursuant to an Acquisition Loan and reallocated to the Participant’s Account. 
  
 1.7.  “Authorized Leave of Absence” means an unpaid temporary cessation from active employment for the following purposes, provided that all Employees shall be treated alike in like circumstances: 

 
 1.7.1.  Temporary leave, such as layoff, which does not exceed six months; 
  
 1.7.2.  Absence for illness or disability, provided that such absence does not exceed one year; 
  
 1.7.3.  Military service required by law or under leave granted by the Participating Employer, provided the Employee returns
within 90 days of his release from active duty or any longer period during which his right to reemployment is legally protected. 
  
 1.8.  “Beneficiary” means the person or persons who are designated by a Participant or the Plan to receive benefits payable upon the Participant’s death pursuant to Section 6.10. 
  
 1.9.  “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Sponsor. 
  

1.10.  “Break in Service” means the failure of a Participant to complete at least 500 Hours of Service during a Plan Year. For purposes of determining
whether an Employee has incurred a Break in Service, Hours of Service shall be recognized for “Authorized Leaves of Absence” and “Maternity and Paternity Leaves of Absence.” 
  

For these purposes, Hours of Service shall be credited for the Plan Year in which such absence begins, but only if credit therefore is necessary to prevent the Employee from
incurring a Break in Service, or, in any other case, in the immediately succeeding Plan Year. The Hours of Service credited pursuant to this paragraph shall be those which would normally have been credited, but for such absence, or in any case in
which the Plan Administrator is unable to determine such hours normally credited, eight (8) Hours of Service per day. The total Hours of Service required to be credited pursuant to this paragraph shall not exceed 501. 
 

 3 

Table of Contents

  
 1.11.  “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
from time to time. 
  
 1.12.  “Company Contribution” means the total of amounts contributed to the Trust
by the Participating Employer to be allocated either to the Company Contribution Account or the Company Stock Account. 
  
 1.13.  “Company Stock” means shares of common stock issued by the Sponsor, or shares of preferred stock issued by the Sponsor convertible to common stock, which shares constitute “qualifying employer
securities” under section 407(d)(5) of ERISA and under sections 409(l) and 4975(e)(8) of the Code. 
  
 1.14.  “Compensation” means Statutory Compensation for a Participant (i) increased by any amounts contributed by an employer on behalf of a Participant pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and not includible
in the gross income of an employee under sections 125, 132, 401(k), 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code. Compensation shall not exceed $150,000, as adjusted under section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. 
  
 1.15.  “Direct Rollover” means a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by and delivered to the
Distributee. 
  
 1.16.  “Disability” means a disability which renders the Participant totally unable, as
a result of a bodily or mental disease or injury, to perform any duties for the Participating Employer for which the Participant is reasonably fitted, which disability is expected to be of permanent or long and indefinite duration. This term shall
not include any disability directly or indirectly resulting from or related to a criminal act or attempt by the Participant, any injury or disease occurring while compensation to the Participant was suspended, or any injury that was intentionally
self-inflicted. Further, this term shall apply only if the Participant’s disability has been demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator. 
  
 1.17.  “Distributee” means an employee, former Employee or an Employee’s or former employee’s surviving spouse (and the Employee’s or former Employee’s spouse or former
spouse who is the alternate payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order) who receives a distribution of benefits under this Plan. 
  
 1.18.  “Effective Date” means June 1, 1985. The effective date of this amendment and restatement is January 1, 2001, except as otherwise specified. 
  
 1.19.  “Eligible Retirement Plan” means an eligible retirement plan account described in section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described
in section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distribution. However, in the case of an
Eligible Rollover Distribution to the surviving spouse, “Eligible Retirement Plan” shall mean an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity. 
 

 4 

Table of Contents

  
 1.20.  “Eligible Rollover Distribution” means any distribution of
all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: 
  
 1.20.1.  any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint
lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; 
  
 1.20.2.  any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code; and 
  
 1.20.3.  the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion
for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities). 
  
 1.21.  “Eligibility Computation
Period” means a 12-month period. The first Eligibility Computation Period begins on an Employee’s first day of employment with the Employer. The second Eligibility Computation Period begins on the first day of the Plan Year occurring
during the Employee’s first Eligibility Computation Period. Subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods begin on the first day of each following Plan Year. 
  
 1.22.  “Employee” means any person employed by the Employer, including officers, shareholders, or directors who are employees, and any person who is a Leased Employee; provided that, if the
total number of Leased Employees constitutes 20% or less of the number of all Employees who are not Highly Compensated Employees (including such Leased Employees), then “Employee” shall not include those Leased Employees covered by a plan
described in section 414(n)(5)(B) of the Code. Employee shall not include any individual who has been classified by the Employer as an independent contractor (notwithstanding any contrary determination by a governmental agency) or any individual who
is a nonresident alien and does not receive from the Employer any earned income or wages that constitute income from sources within the United States. 
  
 1.23.  “Employer” means the Sponsor and: 
  
 1.23.1.  a parent or subsidiary of the Sponsor (or company under common control with the Sponsor) that is a member of the same controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of section 1563(a) of the Code and determined
without regard to sections 1563(a)(4) and 1563(e)(3)(C) of the Code) as the Sponsor; or 
  
 1.23.2.  a
member of an affiliated service group, as determined under section 414(m) of the Code, of which the Sponsor is a member; or 
 

 5 

Table of Contents

  
 1.23.3.  a trade or business under common control with the Sponsor,
as determined under section 414(c) of the Code. “50% Employer” means an Employer, but with the phrase “more than 50%” substituted for the phrase “at least 80%” in section 1563(a) of the Code. 
  
 1.24.  “Entry Date” means each January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1 of a Plan Year. 
  
 1.25.  “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. 
  
 1.26.  “Exempt Loan” means an Acquisition Loan made to the Trust by a disqualified person (as defined in Code section
4975(e)(2)) or a loan to the Trust that is guaranteed by a disqualified person, which Acquisition Loan satisfies the requirements of Department of Labor Regulation §2550.408b-3 and Treasury Regulation §54.4975-7(b) and Section 11.1 hereof.

  
 1.27.  “Financed Shares” means shares of Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Acquisition
Loan. 
  
 1.28.  “Five-Percent Owner” means any Employee who owns (or is considered as owning within the
meaning of section 318 of the Code) more than 5% of the outstanding stock of any Participating Employer or stock possessing more than 5% of the total combined voting power of all stock of any Participating Employer. For purposes of this Section
1.28, section 318(a)(2)(c) of the Code shall be applied by substituting “5%” for “50%” each time it appears therein. 
  
 1.29.  “Five-Year Break in Service” means five consecutive Breaks in Service. 
  
 1.30.  “Fund” means the assets and all earnings, appreciation or additions thereto held by the Trustee under the Trust for the exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries. 
  
 1.31.  “Highly Compensated Employee” means, effective January 1, 1997, any Employee who: 
  
 1.31.1.  was a Five-Percent Owner at the time during the year or preceding year; or 
  
 1.31.2.  for the preceding year: 
  
 1.31.2.1.  received Statutory Compensation from the Employer in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted under section 414(q) of the Code); and 
  
 1.31.2.2.  if the Employer elects was in the “top-paid group” (within the meaning of section 414(q) of the Code)
for such preceding year. 
 

 6 

Table of Contents

  
 1.31.3.  For purposes of this Section, “Top Paid Group of
Employees” shall mean the group consisting of the top 20% of Employees of the Employer for a Plan Year, when ranked on the basis of Statutory Compensation paid during such year. Solely for purposes of determining the number of Employees to be
included in such group the following will be excluded: 
  
 1.31.3.1.  Employees who have not completed
six months of employment; 
  
 1.31.3.2.  Employees who are normally scheduled to complete less than
17 1/2 hours per week; 
  
 1.31.3.3.  Employees who normally work not more than six months during any year; 
  
 1.31.3.4.  Employees who have not reached age 21; and 
  
 1.31.3.5.  Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement (except as may be otherwise provided by regulation of the Secretary of Treasury).

  
 1.31.4.  For the Plan Year in which such determination is being made, an Employee who is not a
Highly Compensated Employee for the immediately preceding Plan Year (without regard to this Section 1.31.3) will not be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee under Section 1.31.1 unless the Employee is in the group of 100 Employees who are paid
the greatest Statutory Compensation from the Employer during the Plan Year in which such determination is being made. 
  
 1.31.5.  For purposes of Section 1.31.1, a former Employee will be considered as a Highly Compensated Employee if the Employee was a Highly Compensated Employee upon separation of service or at any time after reaching age 55.

  
 1.32.  “Hour of Service” means: 
  
 1.32.1.  each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment for the performance of duties for the Employer; 
  
 1.32.2.  each hour for which an Employee is paid (including payments made under a plan maintained to comply with
worker’s compensation or disability insurance laws) for a period of vacation, holiday, illness, disability, lay-off, jury duty, temporary military duty, union-authorized lost time or leave of absence. 
  
 1.32.3.  each hour for which back pay (ignoring any mitigation of damages) is either awarded or agreed to by the Company is
an Hour of Service. 
 

 7 

Table of Contents

  
 1.32.4.  if an Employee is absent from employment for any period
because of: 
  
 1.32.4.1.  the pregnancy of an individual, 
  
 1.32.4.2.  the birth of a child of the individual, 
  
 1.32.4.3.  the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by the individual, or 
  
 1.32.4.4.  the provision of care for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement,

  
 each hour that normally would have been credited to such Employee but for such absence; provided that an Employee shall be credited with no more than
501 Hours of Service on account of any single period of absence described in this Section 1.32.4. 
  
 1.32.5.  any other hour required to be credited pursuant to applicable regulations of the Department of Labor. 
  
 1.32.6.  No Hours of Service shall be credited on account of payments made solely under a plan maintained to comply with unemployment compensation laws. 
  

Hours of Service shall be credited to the Employee for the applicable 12 month period or periods in which the duties are performed, for which the payment is made, or to which the award, agreement or leave
pertains, except that in the case of hours credited under Section 1.36 relating to a Maternity or Paternity Leave of Absence such hours shall be credited if the year in which the absence from work begins if necessary to avoid a Break-in-Service in
that year, or in any other case, in the following year. Hours of Service under this Section 1.32 shall be calculated and credited under the provisions of 29 CFR section 2530.200b-2 issued by the United States Department of Labor, which regulations
are incorporated herein by reference. Hours of Service shall be credited for any individual who is considered a Leased Employee for purposes of this Plan under section 414(n) of the Code. 
  
 1.33.  “Independent Appraiser”  means any appraiser meeting requirements similar to the requirements of the regulations prescribed under section
170(a)(1) of the Code and any requirements of regulations prescribed under section 3(18) of ERISA. 
  
 1.34.  “Leased Employee”  means a person who is not an Employee of the Employer, but who provides services to the Employer, where such services are performed pursuant to an agreement between the Employer
and any other person or entity, and the person performing the services has done so on a substantially full-time basis for at least one year under the primary direction and control of the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person shall
not be considered a Leased Employee if: 
 

 8 

Table of Contents

  
 1.34.1.  the person is covered by a money purchase pension plan
that (i) covers all employees of the leasing organization (other than those rendering services directly to the leasing organization), (ii) provides a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10% of compensation (as defined in section
415(c)(3) of the Code, including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the employee’s gross income under Code sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h), or 403(b)), and (iii) allows immediate participation
and full and immediate vesting, and 
  
 1.34.2.  Leased Employees do not constitute more than 20% of
that part of the recipient’s workforce consisting of non-Highly Compensated Employees. 
  
 This Section 1.34 shall be effective as of January 1, 1997.

  
 1.35.  “Limitation Year”  means the Plan Year or such other 12-consecutive-month period as
may be designated by the Board of Directors. 
  
 1.36.  “Maternity or Paternity Leave of
Absence”  means an absence from work for any period by reason of the Employee’s pregnancy, birth of the Employee’s child, placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child, or any
absence for the purpose of caring for such child for a period immediately following such birth or placement. For this purpose, Hours of Service shall be credited for the computation period in which the absence from work begins, only if credit
therefore is necessary to prevent the Employee from incurring a one-year Break in Service, or, in any other case, in the immediately following computation period. The Hours of Service credited for a “maternity or paternity leave of
absence” shall be those which would normally have been credited but for such absence, or, in any case in which the Plan Administrator is unable to determine such hours normally credited, eight (8) Hours of Service per day. The total Hours of
Service required to be credited for a “maternity or paternity leave of absence” shall not exceed 501. 
  
 1.37.  “Normal Retirement Date”  means the date a Participant reaches age 65, or, if later, the fifth anniversary of the date a Participant commenced participation in the Plan. 
  
 1.38.  “Participant”  means any Employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements of Article III and who has
an account balance under the Plan. 
  
 1.39.  “Participating Employer”  means Penn Virginia
Corporation and such of the Employers as have adopted this Plan for eligible Employees. Such Participating Employers are listed in Appendix A to this Plan. 
  
 1.40.  “Plan”  means the Penn Virginia Corporation and Affiliated Companies Employees’ Stock Ownership Plan, as set forth in this document and in the Trust Agreement.

  
 1.41.  “Plan Administrator”  means the committee appointed by the Board of Directors by
the Board of Directors to supervise the administration of the Plan. 
 

 9 

Table of Contents

  
 1.42.  “Plan Year”  means the 12-month period ending
December 31. 
  
 1.43.  “Qualified Domestic Relations Order”  means a judgment, decree or
order which: 
  
 1.43.1.  relates to the provision of child support, alimony, or property rights;

  
 1.43.2.  assigns some or all of a Participant’s benefits under the Plan to an Alternate Payee;
and 
  
 1.43.3.  satisfies the requirements of section 414(p) of the Code. 
  
 1.44.  “Qualified Election Period”  means the six-Plan-Year period beginning with the Plan Year in which the
Participant becomes a Qualified Participant. 
  
 1.45.  “Qualified Participant”  means any
Participant who has reached age 55 and who has 10 Years of Service under this Plan. 
  
 1.46.  “Quarterly
Valuation Date”  means each March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31. 
  
 1.47.  “Required Beginning Date”  means, effective January 1, 1997, April 1 of the calendar year following the later of: 
  
 1.47.1.  the calendar year in which the Participant reaches age 701⁄2; or 
  
 1.47.2.  the calendar year in which the Participant retires; provided, that this Section 1.47 shall not apply in the case of a Participant who is a
Five-Percent Owner with respect to the Plan Year ending in the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 701⁄2. 
  
 1.48.  “Special Allocation”  means the special one time allocation of Company Stock described in Section 4.7. 
 1.49.  “Sponsor”  means Penn Virginia Corporation. 
  
 1.50.  “Statutory Compensation”  means the Participant’s wages, salary, fees for professional services, and other amounts received for personal services rendered in the course of employment with the
Participating Employer, including bonuses and payments with respect to overtime service, commissions paid to salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, and bonuses, taxable
amounts received by the Participant through accident or health insurance for personal injury or sickness or from a self-insured medical reimbursement plan, moving expenses paid or reimbursed by the Participating Employer in excess of any amount
deductible by the Participant, wages or payments in lieu of wages received on account of absence from work for permanent and total Disability, the amount included in the taxable income of the Participant as a result of the grant of 

 10 

Table of Contents

  
 a non-qualified stock option by the Company or a 50% Affiliated Company, and the amount includible in the gross income
of a Participant as a result of an election described in section 83(b) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Statutory Compensation shall include only wages, salaries, payment for overtime service and bonuses for any period in which such
limited definition of Statutory Compensation does not increase the allocation of benefits under this Plan to Highly Compensated Employees (taken as a group) relative to the allocation such group of Highly Compensated Employees would receive under
the more inclusive definition set forth above. 
  
 Statutory Compensation shall not include: 
  
 1.50.1.1.  contributions made by an employer to a qualified plan to the extent that, before application of section 415 of
the Code to that plan, the contributions are not includible in the gross income of the Participant for the year in which contributed; 
  
 1.50.1.2.  employer contributions on behalf of an employee to a simplified pension plan; 
  
 1.50.1.3.  any distribution from a plan of deferred compensation, except that any amounts received by an employee pursuant to an unfunded non-qualified plan may be included in that year that such amounts are
included in gross income; 
  
 1.50.1.4.  amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock
option or from stock or property that is currently taxable under section 83 of the Code; 
  
 1.50.1.5.  amounts realized from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of stock acquired through the exercise of a qualified or incentive stock option. 
  
 1.50.1.6.  other amounts that receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group term life insurance to the extent not included in gross income, or
contributions made by an employer toward the purchase of an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code; and 
  
 1.50.1.7.  Statutory Compensation received in excess of $150,000, as adjusted according to section 401(a)(17) of the Code and governmental regulations. 
  

1.51.  “Supplementary Allocation”  means the special one time allocation of Company Stock described in Section 4.8. 
  
 1.52.  “Trust” or “Trust Fund”  means the trust fund created under this Plan. 

 
 1.53.  “Trust Agreement”  means the agreement between the Sponsor and the Trustee concerning the Trust
Fund. 
 

 11 

Table of Contents

  
 1.54.  “Trust Assets”  mean the Company Stock and other
assets held in the Trust for the benefit of Participants. 
  
 1.55.  “Trustee”  means one or
more corporate persons and/or individuals selected from time to time by the Board of Directors to serve as trustee or co-trustee of the Trust Fund. 
  
 1.56.  “Unallocated Stock Suspense Account”  means an account containing Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Acquisition Loan and which has not been released from such
account and allocated to the Participants’ Company Stock Accounts. 
  
 1.57.  “Year of
Service”  means, for eligibility to participate in the Plan, a 12 month period, measured from an Employee’s initial date of hire, or anniversaries thereof, during which the Employee completes 1,000 Hours of Service; for all
other purposes, Year of Service means a Plan Year during which an Employee completes 1,000 Hours of Service. 
  
  
 
ARTICLE II 
  
 ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION 
  
 2.1.  
Initial Eligibility.    All Employees employed by the Participating Employer are eligible to participate in the Plan except for those Employees who are members of a collective bargaining unit unless a
collective bargaining agreement covering those Employees provides for their participation in the Plan. All such eligible Employees shall participate in the Plan as of the Entry Date occurring immediately after the date upon which the Employee
completes a Year of Service for eligibility to participate. 
  
 2.2.  
Participation.    A Participant shall share in contributions under Section 3.1 made as of each Quarterly Valuation Date for each such calendar quarter during which he has 250 Hours of Service and (i) is
employed on the Quarterly Valuation Date, or (ii) terminates employment with the Participating Employer during the calendar quarter upon death or after reaching age 55. A Participant shall also share in contributions under Section 3.1 made as of
each of the Quarterly Valuation Dates in any Plan Year if the Participant has at least 1,000 Hours of Service as a Participant during the Plan Year and is employed on the last day of the Plan Year, irrespective of whether the Participant achieved
250 Hours of Service in each calendar quarter. 
  
 2.3.  
Participation After Reemployment.    A Participant whose employment with the Participating Employer is terminated and who subsequently again becomes an eligible Employee shall be readmitted as a
Participant as of the first day he receives Compensation from the Participating Employer. 
  
 2.4.  
Data.    The Plan Administrator shall furnish each eligible Employee who becomes a Participant in the Plan with a form requesting such information as the Plan Administrator may desire, including, but
not limited to, date of birth of the Employee and the Beneficiary designation of such Employee. Participants shall also provide the Plan Administrator with such other data at such other times and in such form as the Plan 
 

 12 

Table of Contents

 Administrator may consider necessary or appropriate for the determination of the Employee’s rights and benefits under the Plan and shall otherwise
cooperate fully with the Plan Administrator in the administration of the Plan. 
  
 2.5.  
Omission of Eligible Employee.    If, in any fiscal year of the Participating Employer, any Employee who should be included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously omitted, and discovery of such
omission is not made until after a contribution by the Participating Employer for the year has been made, the Participating Employer shall make a subsequent contribution with respect to the omitted Employee in the amount which the Participating
Employer would have contributed if he or she had not been omitted. Such contribution shall be made regardless of whether or not it is deductible in whole or in part in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the Code. 

 
 2.6.  
Inclusion of Ineligible Employee.    If, in any fiscal year of the Participating Employer, any Employee who should not have been included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously included, and
discovery of such incorrect inclusion is not made until after a contribution by the Participating Employer for the year has been made, the Participating Employer shall not be entitled to recover the contribution made with respect to the ineligible
Employee regardless of whether or not a deduction is allowable with respect to such contribution. In such event, the amount contributed with respect to the ineligible Employee shall constitute a forfeiture for the Plan Year in which the discovery is
made. A forfeiture shall be deemed to be a Company Contribution to the Plan made pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Plan Year in which such forfeiture occurs. 
  
  

ARTICLE III 
  
 COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS 
  
 3.1.  
Company Contributions. 
  
 3.1.1.  The Participating Employer may make a
contribution to the Trust Fund for each Plan Year to be allocated to the Account of each Participant eligible to receive such allocation under Section 2.2. The contribution, if any, shall be in an amount to be determined by the Board of Directors in
its sole discretion, provided that the Participating Employer shall make a contribution at least in an amount that will allow the Trust Fund to satisfy any currently maturing obligations under any Acquisition Loan, or, if such Acquisition Loan is
from the Participating Employer, shall extend the term of such Acquisition Loan so as to prevent default by the Trust under such Acquisition Loan. 
  
 3.1.2.  Company Contributions may be paid in cash, shares of Company Stock, or by forgiveness of indebtedness, as determined by the Sponsor, provided however,
that Company Contributions shall be paid in cash to the extent necessary for the Trust Fund to satisfy any currently maturing obligations under any Acquisition Loan. 
 

 13 

Table of Contents

 3.1.3.  Any Company Contributions made in Company Stock that is readily tradable on an established public
market shall be deemed to have a value for purposes of determining the amount of such Company Contribution that is: 
  
 3.1.3.1.  the average of the closing bid and asked price per share of such Company Stock on the over-the-counter market for the last trading day immediately preceding the date the Company Stock is contributed to the Plan; or

  
 3.1.3.2.  if Company Stock should become listed on a national securities exchange, or reported on
the National Market System of the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, the mean between the high and low trading prices for the Company Stock on that exchange or system on the day Company Stock was traded which
immediately precedes the date the Company Stock is contributed to the Plan; or 
  
 3.1.3.3.  if Company
Stock is not readily tradable on an established public market, or if the Trustee determines that such quotations or trading prices do not accurately reflect the market value, the fair market value of the Company Stock as of the date of the Company
Contribution as determined by an Independent Appraiser. 
  
 3.1.4.  Any Company Contributions made by
forgiveness of indebtedness shall be pursuant to a written certificate of the Sponsor describing the indebtedness that is forgiven, the date of forgiveness, and the principal and interest portions thereof. 
  
 3.1.5.  Company Contributions for any Plan Year shall be paid to the Trust Fund no later than the due date (including
extensions thereof) for filing the Participating Employer’s income tax return for the fiscal year of the Participating Employer ending within such Plan Year. In no event shall the Company Contribution under this Section 3.1 for any Plan Year
exceed the lesser of: 
  
 3.1.5.1.  the maximum amount the Participating Employer is permitted to
deduct as an expense on its federal income tax return; or 
  
 3.1.5.2.  the maximum amount which may be
credited for such Plan Year in accordance with individual maximum Annual Addition limitations as set forth in Section 4.11. 
  
 3.1.6.  If any part of the Company Contribution for a Plan Year is in cash for purposes other than discharging Acquisition Loan indebtedness, such cash shall be applied by the Trustee to the purchase of
Company Stock at such time that such Company Stock is available for purchase and the Trustee deems it desirable to purchase such Company Stock. 
  
 3.2.  
Participant Contributions.    No Participant shall be required or permitted to make any contributions to the Plan. 
 

 14 

Table of Contents

 3.3.  
Trust Fund. 
  
 3.3.1.  The contributions deposited by the Participating
Employer in the Trust Fund in accordance with this Article III shall constitute a fund held for the benefit of Participants and their eligible Beneficiaries under and in accordance with this Plan. No part of the principal or income of the Trust Fund
shall be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of such Participants and their eligible Beneficiaries (including necessary administrative costs); provided, however, in the case of a contribution made by the
Participating Employer (a) as a mistake of fact, or (b) for which a tax deduction is disallowed, in whole or in part by the Internal Revenue Service, the Participating Employer shall be entitled to a refund of said contributions. 

 
 3.3.2.  Any refund of contributions described in Section 3.3.1 must be made (a) within one year after payment of
a contribution made as a mistake of fact, or (b) within one year after disallowance of the tax deduction, to the extent of such disallowance. 
  
 
ARTICLE IV 
  
 PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS 
  
 4.1.  
Creation of Accounts.    The Plan Administrator shall create and maintain adequate records to disclose the interest in the Trust Fund of each Participant and Beneficiary under the Plan. Such records
shall be in the form of individual Accounts (including a Company Stock Account for each Participant), and credits and charges shall be made to such Accounts in the manner herein described. The maintenance of individual Accounts is only for
accounting purposes, and a segregation of the assets of the Trust Fund to each Account shall not be required. Distributions made from an Account shall be charged to the Account as of the date paid. 
  
 4.2.  
Valuation.    The value of the Trust Fund shall be computed as of the close of business on each Quarterly Valuation Date on the basis of the fair market value of the assets of the Trust Fund. The fair
market value of Company Stock held by the Trust shall be determined as set forth in Section 3.1.3 as of each Quarterly Valuation Date on a per share basis for each share of Company Stock. 
  
 4.3.  
Apportionment of Gain or Loss.    The value of the Trust Fund as computed pursuant to Section 4.2 shall be compared with the value of the Trust Fund as of the previous Quarterly Valuation Date. Any
difference in the value, not including contributions made since the preceding Quarterly Valuation Date, shall be the net increase or decrease of the Trust Fund, and such amount shall be ratably apportioned by the Trustee on its books among the
Participants’ Accounts. Dividends paid with respect to Company Stock allocated to Participant’s Accounts or credited to the Unallocated Suspense Account shall be accounted for pursuant to Section 4.6. 
  
 4.4.  
Allocation of Company Contributions. 
  
 4.4.1.  Each Company Contribution
under Section 3.1 shall be allocated as of the last day of the calendar quarter for which the contribution is made among the Company 
 

 15 

Table of Contents

  
 Contribution Account and the Company Stock Account of eligible Participants in the proportion
that his Compensation for that calendar quarter bears to the Compensation of all Participants eligible to share in the Company Contribution on that Quarterly Valuation Date under Section 2.2. Each Participant’s Company Contribution Account
shall be credited with the Participant’s allocable share of the Company Contribution contributed in cash and the Participant’s appropriate Account shall be debited for the Participant’s allocable share (to be determined by the same
method used to allocate Company Contributions) of cash payments made by the Trustee for the acquisition of Company Stock or for the payment of principal and/or interest on an Acquisition Loan. Each Participant’s Company Stock Account shall be
credited with the Participant’s allocable share of Company Stock contributed in kind by the Participating Employer for the calendar quarter or purchased and paid for by the Trustee out of the Participant’s Company Contribution Account.

  
 4.4.2.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if a Participant has 1,000 Hours of Service as a
Participant during the Plan Year and is employed on the last day of the Plan Year, but did not receive an allocation of Company Contributions on any Quarterly Valuation Date occurring during the Plan Year, then such Participant shall receive an
additional allocation of the Company Contribution made as of the last Quarterly Valuation Date occurring during the Plan Year sufficient so that the total allocation to the Participant of Company Contributions for all Quarterly Valuation Dates
occurring during the Plan Year is in the proportion that his Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the Compensation of all Participants for all periods during the Plan Year in which such Participants were eligible to share in the Company
Contribution. 
  
 4.5.  
Allocation of Dividends.    Cash dividends paid with respect to unallocated shares of Company Stock shall be applied to the repayment of the Acquisition Loan under which such stock was purchased and
Company Stock allocated as a consequence of such repayment shall be allocated according to Section 4.4. Subject to Section 4.6, any cash dividends paid on shares of Company Stock allocated to Participants’ Company Stock Accounts and remitted to
the Trust Fund will, at the direction of the Sponsor and prior to the close of the Plan Year in which paid, be: 
  
 4.5.1.  applied to repayment of an outstanding Acquisition Loan relating to the Company Stock upon which the dividend is received, or 
  
 4.5.2.  distributed to Participants in cash, or 
  
 4.5.3.  invested in Company Stock. 
  
 4.6.  
Dividend Limitations. 
  
 4.6.1.  If cash dividends paid on allocated shares
of Company Stock are applied to repayment of an Acquisition Loan pursuant to Section 4.5.1, each Participant Account holding allocated shares shall receive an allocation of Company Stock for the Plan Year having a 
 

 16 

Table of Contents

 fair market value at least as great as the amount of the cash dividend that would have been allocated to the Participant’s Account
but for the Acquisition Loan payment. 
  
 4.6.2.  The unallocated shares of Company Stock to be
allocated to Participant Accounts pursuant to Section 4.5.1 as a consequence of cash dividends on allocated shares of Company Stock shall be allocated to Participant Accounts in the proportion to which the cash dividend is attributable to Company
Stock held in each Participant Account. 
  
 4.6.3.  If cash dividends on allocated shares of Company
Stock are invested in Company Stock pursuant to Section 4.5.3, the Participant shall receive an allocation of such Company Stock with a fair market value at least as great as the value of the dividend that would be paid on Company Stock previously
allocated to such Participant’s Account. Effective January 1, 2002, the Sponsor may, in its sole discretion, permit Participants to elect to receive payments under Section 4.5.1 or Section 4.5.2 instead of having such dividends reinvested under
Section 4.5.3. Such election will be permitted in accordance with nondiscriminatory policies and procedures. 
  
 4.6.4.  Any stock dividends on Company Stock shall be credited to the Accounts to which such Company Stock is allocated. 
  
 4.7.  
Special Allocation. 
  
 4.7.1.  Subject to Section 4.7.2, the following
shares of Company Stock shall be allocated to current Participants’ Accounts in a non-discriminatory manner, pursuant to a Special Allocation: 
  
 4.7.1.1.  Company Stock purchased by application of certain cash dividends paid on unallocated shares prior to June 30, 2001; and 
  
 4.7.1.2.  Company Stock allocated to Participants’ Accounts in excess of the family aggregation limits of section
414(q) of the Code prior to January 1, 1997. 
  
 4.7.2.  The following limitations and conditions shall
apply to the Special Allocation: 
  
 4.7.2.1.  Only Participants who rendered an Hour of Service during
the first two calendar quarters in the 2001 Plan Year will be eligible to receive a Special Allocation; 
  
 4.7.2.2.  The total Special Allocation to all eligible Participants (as described in Section 4.7.2.1) shall be at least equal to the sum of (i) the excess of the current fair market value of shares of Company Stock described in
Section 4.7.1.1 over the amount paid for such shares (determined at the date of allocation) and (ii) the fair market value (determined at the date of determination) of the shares forfeited from Participants’ Accounts due 
 

 17 

Table of Contents

 to the application of the family aggregation rules of section 414(q) of the Code prior to January 1, 1997; 
  
 4.7.2.3.  The Company Stock shall be allocated to Participants in a manner analogous to the allocation of Company
Contributions under Section 4.4, except that the Statutory Compensation taken into account in determining a Participant’s allocation shall be limited to 50% of the permissible limit on includible Statutory Compensation under section 401(a)(17)
of the Code; and 
  
 4.7.2.4.  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, a Participant who
forfeits Company Stock due to the application of the family aggregation rules of section 414(q) of the Code shall not share in any portion of the Special Allocation under Section 4.7.1.2 and shall have the portion of the Special Allocation under
Section 4.7.1.1 reduced by the shares of Company Stock so forfeited. 
  
 4.8.  
Supplementary Allocation. 
  
 4.8.1.  Subject to Section 4.8.2, Company
Stock purchased by cash invested in a money market account held in the Unallocated Stock Suspense Account as of December 31, 2001, shall be allocated to current Participants’ Company Stock Accounts in a non-discriminatory manner, pursuant to
this Supplementary Allocation. 
  
 4.8.2.  The following limitations and conditions shall apply to the
Supplementary Allocation: 
  
 4.8.2.1.  Only Participants who rendered an Hour of Service during the
2001 Plan Year will be eligible to receive a Supplementary Allocation; 
  
 4.8.2.2.  The Company Stock
shall be allocated to Participants’ Company Stock Accounts in a manner analogous to the allocation of Company Contributions under Section 4.4; and, 
  
 4.8.2.3.  The Statutory Compensation taken into account in determining a Participant’s allocation shall be limited by the permissible amount of
includible Statutory Compensation under section 401(a)(17) of the Code. 
  
 4.9.  
Accounting for Allocations.    The Plan Administrator shall establish or provide for the establishment of accounting procedures for the purpose of making the allocations, valuations and adjustments to
Participants’ Accounts provided for in this Article. From time to time such procedures may be modified for the purpose of achieving equitable and nondiscriminatory allocations among the Accounts of Participants in accordance with the general
concepts of the Plan and the provisions of this Article. 
 

 18 

Table of Contents

 4.10.  
Special Nonallocation Rule. 
  
 4.10.1.  Notwithstanding Sections 4.3, 4.4,
4.5 and 4.6, no “Section 1042 Stock” (as hereafter defined) shall be allocated to any “Section 1042 Participant” (as hereafter defined) during the “Section 1042 Nonallocation Period” (as hereafter defined). Section 1042
Stock shall be allocated according to Section 4.4, except that the Compensation of all Section 1042 Participants shall be excluded. The foregoing restriction shall cease to apply to any Section 1042 Stock in the Suspense Account at such time as such
stock ceases to be Section 1042 Stock. 
  
 4.10.2.  For the purposes of this Section 4.10:

  
 4.10.2.1.  “Section 1042 Stock” means Company Stock purchased by the Trustee but
only if in connection with such purchase, the seller of such Company Stock has timely elected application of section 1042 of the Code to such sale and the sale of such Company Stock and purchase of replacement securities by the seller meets all
applicable requirements of section 1042 of the Code; 
  
 4.10.2.2.  “Section 1042
Participant” means: 
  
 (A)  a Participant who has made an election under section 1042 with
respect to Company Stock or other employer securities; or 
  
 (B)  any spouse, ancestor, lineal
descendent or brother or sister (by whole or by half blood) of a Participant who has made an election under section 1042 with respect to Company Stock or other employer securities; or 
  
 (C)  a Participant who owns, directly or indirectly (after application of the attribution rules provided in section 318(a) of the Code without regard to
section 318(a)(2)(B)(i)) more than 25% of the value of any class of outstanding stock (or more than 25% of the total value of any class of outstanding stock) of the Participating Employer. 
  
 4.10.2.3.  “Section 1042 Nonallocation Period” means the period with respect to any Section 1042 Stock beginning on the date of sale of such
section 1042 Stock and ending on the later of (i) the date of the allocation of Company Stock attributable to the final payment of all Acquisition Loans with respect to such Section 1042 Stock, or (ii) the date which is ten years after the date of
sale of such Section 1042 Stock. 
  
 4.11.  
Maximum Annual Additions.    The provisions of this Section shall be construed to comply with the maximum Annual Additions permitted under section 415 of the Code. Notwithstanding anything in this
Article to the contrary, the maximum allocations credited to a Participant’s Accounts for any “limitation year” shall equal the lesser of (i) $35,000 or (ii) 25% of the Participant’s Statutory Compensation for such Limitation
Year. 
 

 19 

Table of Contents

  
 4.11.1.  the Participant’s own contributions, determined
without regard to rollover contributions (as defined in sections 402(a)(5), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8) and 408(d)(3) of the Code) and without regard to employee contributions to a Simplified Employee Pension which are excludable from gross income under
section 408(b) of the Code, allocated for any Limitation Year to any Participant under this and any other defined contribution plan maintained by the Participating Employer. 
  
 4.11.2.  If the Company Contributions under this Plan and any other defined contribution plan maintained by the Participating Employer would cause such plans
to exceed the limitations set forth in Section 4.11.1, then the following remedial measures shall be taken in the following order to attempt to comply with such limitations: 
  
 4.11.2.1.  If Company Stock cannot be allocated to a Participant’s Account because of the limitation contained in Section 4.11.1, but would be able to be
allocated consistent with such limitation if not more than one-third of the Company Contribution were allocated to the group of Employees consisting of Highly Compensated Employees, and allocation of such Company Stock exclusively on behalf of
non-Highly Compensated Employees would result in not more than one-third of the Company Contribution allocated to the group of Employees consisting of Highly Compensated Employees, then such Company Stock shall be allocated to the Accounts of
non-Highly Compensated Employees notwithstanding Section 4.4. 
  
 4.11.2.2.  If Company Contributions
and/or forfeitures cannot be allocated to a Participant’s Account because of the limitation contained in subsection 4.11.1, such Company Contributions and/or forfeitures will be allocated to the Accounts of the remaining Participants in
accordance with Section 4.2 and provided such allocations do not result in any Highly Compensated Employee receiving an allocation of Company Contributions and/or forfeitures for such Plan Year that is greater as a percentage of Statutory
Compensation than the allocation of Company Contributions and/or forfeitures for such year as a percentage of Statutory Compensation for any non-Highly Compensated Employee. 
  
 4.11.2.3.  If Company Contributions otherwise allocable to the Accounts of Participants would exceed the limits of Section 4.11.1 as a result of a reasonable
error in estimating the Participants’ Statutory Compensation, the Plan Administrator shall determine the amount of the excess and the Trustee shall hold the excess in a suspense account until the following Plan Year (or succeeding Plan Years),
at which time it shall be allocated pursuant to Section 4.4 to the Accounts of all Participants before Company Contributions Company may be made for the Plan Year. Amounts held in the suspense account shall share in the investment gains and losses
of the Trust Fund. 
  
 4.11.2.4.  If the limits of Section 4.11.1 will be exceeded as a result of a
Company Contribution to another qualified plan and the Participating Employer is permitted by law and by the terms of such other qualified plan to reduce the Company Contribution to such qualified plan or to receive refund of a portion of the
Company Contribution to such qualified plan, the Participating Employer shall reduce its Company 
 

 20 

Table of Contents

 Contribution to such qualified plan or exercise its right to receive a refund from such qualified plan to the extent necessary to
comply with the limitations set forth in Section 4.11.1. 
  
 4.11.3.  For Plan Years beginning before
January 1, 2000, if in any Limitation Year a Participant in this Plan is also a participant in one or more defined benefit plans and one or more defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer, the Annual Addition referred to in Section
4.11.3.2 shall be reduced, if necessary, so that the sum of the fractions described in Sections 4.11.3.2 and 4.11.3.3 does not exceed 1.0 for such Limitation Year. 
  
 4.11.3.1.  Defined Benefit Fraction.    The defined benefit fraction for any Limitation Year is a fraction, the numerator of which
is the Participant’s projected annual benefit under the defined benefit pension plans in which he has participated, determined as of the close of the Limitation Years of such plans, and the denominator of which is the lesser of: (A) 1.25 x
$90,000; or (B) 140% of the Participant’s highest average Statutory Compensation over any three consecutive calendar years. For the purpose of this Subsection, “projected annual benefit” shall mean the annual benefit to which a
Participant would be entitled under the terms of a defined benefit plan if he had continued employment until his normal retirement date under such plan and as if his Statutory Compensation for the purpose of such plan had continued at the same
rate. 
  
 4.11.3.2.  Defined Contribution Fraction.    The defined
contribution fraction for any Limitation Year is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Annual Additions to the Participant’s accounts under all defined contribution plans sponsored by the Employer for the Limitation Year, and the
denominator of which is the sum of the lesser of: (A) 1.25 x $30,000 or (B) 35% of the Participant’s Statutory Compensation for such Limitation Year. 
  
 This Section 4.11.3. shall no longer be applicable for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2000. 
  
 4.11.4. (1)  The dollar limitations described in Sections 4.11.1 and 4.11.3 shall be adjusted in accordance with governmental regulations describing the method and amount of such adjustments. 
  
             (2)  The dollar limitations described in Sections
4.11.1 and 4.11.3 shall not reduce the Annual Additions to the Account of any Participant under the Plan prior to the Effective Date, using the applicable maximum dollar limitations then in effect. 
  
 4.11.5.  Contributions allocated to an Individual Medical Benefit Account, as defined in section 415(l)(2) of the Code,
shall be treated as an Annual Addition to a defined contribution plan for purposes of the determining application of the limitations described in Sections 4.11.1 and 4.11.3. 
 

 21 

Table of Contents

  
 4.11.6.  Amounts attributable to medical benefits allocated to an
account established under section 419A(d) of the Code on behalf of a Key Employee (as defined in Section 7.2.3) shall be treated as an Annual Addition to a defined contribution plan for purposes of determining application of the limitation described
in Sections 4.11.1 and 4.11.3.2. 
  
  
 
ARTICLE V 
  
 VESTING 
  
 The Accounts of all Participants shall be fully (100%) vested at all times. 
  
  
 
ARTICLE VI 
  
 BENEFIT DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTICIPANTS AND BENEFICIARIES 
  
 6.1.  
General.    A Participant shall not be permitted to withdraw any portion of his interest under the Plan while he is employed by the Participating Employer, except in the case of dividends distributed
in cash to Participants as set forth in Section 4.5 and distributions required by law and set forth in Section 6.2.3. All distributions shall be subject to mandatory withholding rules as may be in effect under the Code and accompanying regulations
unless a Distributee elects a Direct Rollover set forth in Section 6.13. All distributions shall be made solely in accordance with this Article VI. 
  
 6.2. 
Time of Distribution to Participants. 
  
 6.2.1.  Unless the Participant
elects otherwise in writing, distribution of benefits to a Participant (or his beneficiary) under the Plan shall be made as soon as administratively feasible after the Quarterly Valuation Date coinciding with or next following the date upon which
the Participant terminates his employment with the Participating Employer, whether as a result of death, Disability, retirement at or after his Normal Retirement Date, or for any other reason. 
  

6.2.2.  All benefits accrued on behalf of a Participant who dies or suffers a Disability shall be distributed within five years of the date of death or
Disability, or if sooner, on the date that the Participant would have reached age 701⁄2. If a Participant dies or suffers a Disability after distribution of his benefits have commenced, such Participant’s remaining interest in the Plan shall
be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as of the date of the Participant’s death. 
  
 6.2.3  Notwithstanding any Participant election or any other provision of this Plan, each Participant under the Plan shall receive his entire benefit under the Plan not later than his Required Beginning
Date. Distributions under this Article VI shall be made in accordance with section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. The provisions of this Section 6.2.3 shall override any distribution option otherwise provided in the Plan that
is inconsistent with section 401(a)(9) of the Code. With respect to distributions under the Plan made in calendar years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the Plan will apply the minimum 
 

 22 

Table of Contents

 distribution requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the Code in accordance with the regulations under section 401(a)(9) that were
proposed in January 2001, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary. The preceding sentence shall continue in effect until the end of the last calendar year beginning before the effective date of final regulations under Code section
401(a)(9) or such other date specified in guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service. 
  
 6.3.  
TEFRA 242(b) Elections.    Notwithstanding anything in this Article VI to the contrary, in the event a Participant made, and filed with the Plan Administrator, a retirement benefit payment election
prior to 1984 under section 242(b) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982, such Participant’s retirement benefit shall be paid to the Participant or his Beneficiary in such form and over such period as the Participant shall
have elected. This Section 6.3 shall not apply in the event such a Participant subsequently revokes such 242(b) benefit payment election. 
  
 6.4.  
Cash Out.    No Participant shall be required to receive a distribution of all or part of the balance of his Accounts prior to his Normal Retirement Date if the total value of his Accounts under this
Plan is or has ever been greater than $5,000. 
  
 6.5.  
Valuation for Distribution.    For the purpose of paying the amounts to be distributed to a Participant or his Beneficiaries pursuant to Section 6.7 or determining the fair market value of Company
Stock to be repurchased by the Participating Employer pursuant to Section 6.8, the value of Company Stock held within the Trust Fund and the value of the Participant’s interest in Company Stock shall be determined by an Independent Appraiser in
accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1.3 as of the Quarterly Valuation Date coincident with or immediately preceding the date upon which the Participant is to receive a distribution from the Plan. 
  
 6.6.  
Mode of Distribution. 
  
 6.6.1.  Unless a Participant elects to receive
distribution of his benefits in equal annual installments, the distribution of the Participant’s Accounts will be in a lump sum. 
  
 6.6.2.  A Participant may not elect a distribution period longer than his life expectancy as determined according to life expectancy tables set forth under the Code. All benefits must be distributed by the
Participant’s Required Beginning Date. 
  
 6.7.  
Form of Distribution.    Distribution of a Participant’s Account will be made in shares of Company Stock or cash; provided, however that the Plan Administrator shall provide written notification
to the Participant of his right to demand that the value of the portion of his Account not diversified pursuant to Section 10.6 be distributed solely in whole shares of Company Stock, with cash to be distributed with respect to any remainder
portion. If, however, the Participating Employer’s certificate of incorporation or its bylaws restrict ownership of substantially all of the Company’s Stock to its employees and/or to qualified trusts established for the benefit of its
employees, a Participant’s benefits shall be paid in cash and he shall not have any right to request that they be paid in Company Stock. 
 

 23 

Table of Contents

  
 6.8.  
Option to Have Sponsor Purchase Company Stock.    Any Participant who receives Company Stock not readily tradable on an established market pursuant to Section 6.7, and any person who has received
Company Stock not readily tradable on an established market from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetency shall have the right to require the Sponsor to purchase all (but not less than all) Company Stock received
in a distribution from the Trust for its current fair market value (hereinafter referred to as the “Put Option”). The Put Option may only be exercised by a person described in the preceding sentence and may not be transferred either
separately or together with any Company Stock to any other person. The Put Option shall be subject to the following rules: 
  
 6.8.1.  The Put Option shall be exercisable only with respect to the entire distribution of Company Stock received by a Participant from the Trust. 
  
 6.8.2.  The Put Option shall be exercised by written notice to the Sponsor during the first 60 days after the Company Stock is distributed by the Plan and for
a 60-day period commencing one year after the Company Stock is distributed by the Plan, and, if exercised, the Trustee may, in his sole discretion, assume the Company’s rights and obligations with respect to purchasing the Company Stock.

  
 6.8.3.  If the Sponsor is required to repurchase Company Stock distributed to a Participant as part
of a distribution of a Participant’s entire Accounts within a single taxable year of the Participant, (a) the amount to be paid must be paid in substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) over a period beginning
not later than 30 days after the exercise of the Put Option described above and not exceeding five years, and (b) there must be adequate security provided and a reasonable rate of interest paid on the unpaid amounts referred to in (a). 

 
 6.8.4.  If the Sponsor is required to repurchase Company Stock as part of an installment distribution, the amount
to be paid for the Company Stock shall be paid not later than 30 days after the exercise of the Put Option described above. 
  
 6.8.5.  Nothing contained in this Section 6.8 shall be deemed to obligate the Sponsor to register any Company Stock under any federal and state securities law or to create a public market to facilitate
transferability of Company Stock. 
  
 6.9.  
Restrictions on Participants’ Disposition of Company Stock.    Any Participant who receives Company Stock not readily tradable on an established market pursuant to Section 6.7, and any person who
has received Company Stock not readily tradable on an established market from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetency shall, prior to any sale or other transfer of the Company Stock, first offer in writing to
sell Company Stock to the Sponsor and the Plan at its fair market value. 
  
 6.9.1.  This restriction
shall apply to any non-gratuitous transfer, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, except that it shall not apply to a transfer either to a Participant’s personal representatives or to the bank or other investment institution
receiving 
 

 24 

Table of Contents

 the Company Stock in a rollover contribution. Either the Sponsor or the Trustee may accept the offer within 14 days after it is
delivered. 
  
 6.9.2.  If a Participant who has received Company Stock pursuant to Section 6.7 shall
have received a bona fide written offer from a prospective buyer in excess of the current fair market value of the Company Stock as determined according to Section 3.1.3, then, notwithstanding Section 3.1.3, the fair market value of the Company
Stock shall be the amount of the offer, however, the Plan shall not be permitted to purchase the Company Stock from the Participant. 
  
 6.9.3.  Any Company Stock distributed by the Plan shall bear a conspicuous legend describing the right of first refusal under this Section 6.9 as well as any other restrictions upon the transfer of the
Company Stock pursuant to the Sponsor’s certificate of incorporation, the Sponsor’s bylaws, or federal or state securities laws and regulations. 
  
 6.10.  
Beneficiary Designation. 
  
 6.10.1.  Death benefits under the Plan shall
be paid to the Participant’s surviving spouse unless the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator either that he has no spouse or that his spouse cannot be located, or 
  
 6.10.1.1.  such spouse consents in writing not to receive such benefit and consents to the specific beneficiary designated
by the Participant, 
  
 6.10.1.2.  such consent acknowledges its own effect, and 

 
 6.10.1.3.  such consent is witnessed by a notary public. 
  

6.10.2.  Except as provided in Section 6.10.1, each Participant shall have the unrestricted right at any time to designate the Beneficiary or
Beneficiaries who shall receive, on or after his death, his interest in the Trust Fund. Such designation shall be made by executing and filing with the Plan Administrator a written instrument in such form as may be prescribed by the Plan
Administrator for that purpose. Except as provided in this Section 6.10.2, the Participant shall also have the unrestricted right to revoke and to change, at any time and from time to time, any Beneficiary designations previously made. Such
revocations and/or changes shall be made by executing and filing with the Plan Administrator a written instrument in such form as may be prescribed by the Plan Administrator for that purpose. No designation, revocation, or change of Beneficiary
shall be valid and effective unless and until filed with the Plan Administrator. If no Beneficiary designation is made, or if the Beneficiary named in such designation predecease the Participant, or if the Beneficiary cannot be located by the Plan
Administrator, the interest of the deceased Participant shall be paid to the Participant’s surviving spouse or, if none, to the Participant’s estate. 
 

 25 

Table of Contents

  
 6.11.  

Mailing Address.    Benefit payments and notifications hereunder to any Participant shall be deemed made when mailed to the last address furnished to the Plan Administrator. 
  
 6.12.  
Delay in Benefit Determination.    If the Plan Administrator is unable to determine the benefits payable to a Participant or Beneficiary on or before the latest date prescribed for payment pursuant to
Section 6.2, the benefits shall in any event be paid within 60 days after they can first be determined. 
  
 6.13.  
Eligible Rollover Distributions.    Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee’s election under this Section, a Distributee may elect, at
the time and in the manner set forth herein, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in an Direct Rollover. If a Distributee elects to receive his
Distribution of a Participant’s Account in cash or a combination of Company Stock and cash, or as described in Section 6.5, is required to receive such distribution in cash, and such distribution is an Eligible Rollover Distribution, the
Distributee shall receive written notice, as more fully described in Section 6.13, of his right to request that the distribution be transferred as a Direct Rollover. Such Direct Rollover shall be completed pursuant to the written directions of the
Distributee. Such written directions shall acknowledge the Distributee’s intention that the distribution be paid to an Eligible Retirement Plan as a Direct Rollover, and must contain the name of the new Trustee and the address of the
Distributee to which the distribution should be sent. Upon its’ receipt of the directions, the Plan Administrator shall communicate such directions to the Trustee, who will draw the distribution check payable to the new receiving Trustee. The
Plan Administrator and or Trustee will mail the check payment as soon as is administratively feasible to the Distributee at the address listed by the Distributee in his written directions. 
  
 6.14.  
Administrative Discretion.    Benefits under this Plan will be paid only if the Plan Administrator decides in its sole discretion that the applicant is entitled to them. 
  
  
 
ARTICLE VII 
  
 TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS 
  
 7.1.  
General.    The following provisions shall apply automatically to the Plan and shall supersede any contrary provisions for each Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan. It is intended that this
Article shall be construed in accordance with the provisions of section 416 of the Code. 
 

 26 

Table of Contents

 7.2.  
Definitions.    The following definitions shall supplement those set forth in Article I the Plan: 
  
 7.2.1.  “Aggregation Group” shall mean: 
  
 7.2.1.1.  each plan (including a frozen plan or a plan that has been terminated during the 60-month period ending on the Determination Date) of the Employer
in which a Key Employee is a participant; 
  
 7.2.1.2.  each other plan (including a frozen plan or a
plan that has been terminated during the 60-month period ending on the Determination Date) of the Employer that enables any plan in which a Key Employee participates to meet the requirements of sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code; and

  
 7.2.1.3.  each other plan (including a frozen plan or a plan that has been terminated during the
60-month period ending on the Determination Date) of the Employer that is included by the Sponsor if the Aggregation Group, including such a plan, would continue to meet the requirements of sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code. 

 
 7.2.2.  “Determination Date” shall mean the last day of the preceding Plan Year, except that for
the first Plan Year it shall mean the last day of that Plan Year. 
  
 7.2.3.  “Key
Employee” for any Plan Year shall mean any Employee or former Employee who at any time during the 60-month period ending on the last day of that Plan Year is described below. The term “Key Employee” shall also include the
beneficiaries of such persons: 
  
 7.2.3.1.  An officer of the Employer having Compensation for a Plan
Year during such period greater than 50% of the amount in effect under section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code; 
  
 7.2.3.2.  One of the ten employees of the Employer with: 
  
 (A)  Statutory
Compensation greater than the amount described in section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code; and 
  
 (B)  at
least one-half of 1% of the ownership interests in the Employer; 
  
 who own (or are considered as owning, within the meaning of section 318 of the Code)
the largest interests in the Employer. 
  
 7.2.3.3.  A person who (after application of section 318 of
the Code) owns more than 5% of the outstanding stock of the Employer or who owns stock possessing more than 5% of the voting power of 
 

 27 

Table of Contents

 7.2.3.4.  A person who (after application of section 318 of the Code, substituting “5%” for
“50%” in section 318(a)(2)(C)) (i) owns more than 1% of the outstanding stock of the Employer or who owns stock possessing more than 1% of the voting power of all Company Stock; and (ii) who has Statutory Compensation in excess of
$150,000. 
  
 The above determination will be made in accordance with section 416(l) of the Code. No more than 50 employees (or, if
less, the greater of three employees or 10% of the greatest number of employees, including Leased Employees within the meaning of section 414(n) of the Code, employed by the Employer during the 60-month period ending on the Determination Date) shall
be treated as officers. Employees shall not include employees described as excluded according to Section 2.1. 
  
 7.2.4.  “Key Employee Ratio” shall mean the ratio for any Plan Year, calculated as of the Determination Date of such Plan Year, determined by comparing the amount described in Section 7.2.4.1 with the amount
described in Section 7.2.4.2 after deducting from each such amount any portion thereof described in Section 7.2.4.3. The present value of accrued benefits under all qualified defined benefit plans included in the Aggregation Group shall be
determined on the basis of the 1988 Unisex Mortality Table and an interest rate of 7%. 
  
 7.2.4.1.  The sum of (A) the present value of all accrued benefits of Key Employees under all qualified defined benefit plans included in the Aggregation Group, (B) the balances in all of the accounts of Key Employees under all
qualified defined contribution plans included in the Aggregation Group, and (C) the amounts distributed from all plans in such Aggregation Group to or on behalf of any Key Employee during the period of five Plan Years ending on the Determination
Date, except benefits paid on account of death in excess of the accrued benefit or account balances immediately prior to death. 
  
 7.2.4.2.  The sum of (A) the present value of all accrued benefits of all participants under all qualified defined benefit plans included in the Aggregation Group, (B) the balances in all of the accounts of
all participants under all qualified defined contribution plans included in the Aggregation Group, and (C) the amounts distributed from all plans in such Aggregation Group to or on behalf of any participant during the period of five Plan Years
ending on the Determination Date. 
  
 7.2.4.3.  The sum of (A) all rollover contributions (or fund to
fund transfers) to the Plan by an Employee from a plan sponsored by an employer that is not the Employer, (B) any amount that is included in Sections 7.2.4.1 and 7.2.4.2 for a person who is a Non-Key Employee as to the Plan Year of reference but who
was a Key Employee as to any earlier Plan Year, and (C) any amount that is included in Sections 7.2.4.1 and 7.2.4.2 for a person who had not performed any services for the Employer at any time during the five-year period ending on the Determination
Date. 
  
 7.2.5.  “Non-Key Employee” shall mean any person who is an Employee or a
former Employee of the Employer in any Plan Year but who is not a Key Employee as to 
 

 28 

Table of Contents

 that Plan Year. The term “Non-Key Employee” shall also include the beneficiaries of such persons. 
  
 7.2.6.  “Top-Heavy Plan” shall mean each plan in an Aggregation Group if, as of the applicable
Determination Date, the Key Employee Ratio exceeds 60%, determined in accordance with section 416 of the Code. 
  
 Solely for the
purpose of determining if the Plan, or any other plan included in a Required Aggregation Group of which this Plan is a part, is top-heavy, the accrued benefit of an Employee other than a Key Employee shall be determined under (A) the method, if any,
that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all plans maintained by the Employer, or (B) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than at the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional accrual rate of
section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code. 
  
 7.3.  
Minimum Contribution for Non-Key Employees. 
  
 7.3.1.  In each Plan Year
in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, each Participant who is a Non-Key Employee (except a Participant who is a Non-Key Employee as to the Plan Year of reference but who was a Key Employee as to any earlier Plan Year) and who is employed by the
Employer on the last day of such Plan Year will receive a total minimum Company Contribution (including forfeitures) under the Plan of not less than 3% of the Participant’s Statutory Compensation. All such Participants shall receive such
minimum Company Contribution regardless of whether the Participant has performed 1,000 Hours of Service for such Plan Year. 
  
 7.3.2.  The percentage set forth in Section 7.3.1 shall be reduced to the percentage at which contributions, including forfeitures, are made (or required to be made) for a Plan Year for the Key Employee for
whom such percentage is the highest for that Plan Year. This percentage shall be determined for each Key Employee by dividing the contributions for such Key Employee by his Statutory Compensation for the Plan Year. All defined contribution plans
required to be included in an Aggregation Group shall be treated as one plan for the purpose of this Section; however, this Section shall not apply to any plan that is required to be included in an Aggregation Group if such plan enables a defined
benefit plan in the Aggregation Group to meet the requirements of section 401(a)(4) or section 410 of the Code. 
  
 7.3.3.  If a Non-Key Employee described in Section 7.3.1 participates in both a defined benefit plan and a defined contribution plan described in Section 7.2.1.1 and 7.2.1.2, the Participating Employer is not required to provide
such Non-Key Employee with both the minimum benefit under the defined benefit plan and the minimum contribution. In such event, the Non-Key Employee shall receive the minimum contribution provided under the defined benefit Top-Heavy Plan.

  
 7.3.4.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the maximum contribution described by Section 7.3 is
required to be made with regard to any Non-Key Employee participating in the Penn Virginia and Affiliated Companies 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”), 
 

 29 

Table of Contents

 pursuant to the terms of the 401(k) Plan and the Employer is not required to provide minimum contributions under both the 401(k) Plan
and this Plan, then such Non-Key Employee shall receive a minimum contribution under the 401(k) Plan, but not under this Plan. 
  
 7.4.  
Social Security.    The Plan, for each Plan Year in which it is a Top-Heavy Plan, must meet the requirements of this Article without regard to any Social Security or similar contributions or benefits.

  
 7.5.  
Employees Covered By Collective Bargaining Agreements.    Sections 7.3 and 7.4 shall not apply with respect to any employee included in a unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement
if there is evidence that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between the Participating Employer and the employee representatives. 
  
  
 
ARTICLE VIII 
  
 RULES GOVERNING BENEFIT CLAIMS AND REVIEW OF APPEALS 
  
 8.1.  
Claims Procedure.    The Plan Administrator shall administer a claims procedure as follows: 
  
 8.1.1.  Initial Claim.    A Participant or Beneficiary who believes himself entitled to benefits hereunder (the “Claimant”), or the Claimant’s authorized
representative acting on behalf of such Claimant, must make a claim for those benefits by submitting a written notification of his claim of right to such benefits. Such notification must be on the form and in accordance with the procedures
established by the Plan Administrator. Except for benefits paid pursuant to Section 6.4, no benefit shall be paid under the Plan until a proper claim for benefits has been submitted. 
  
 8.1.2.  Procedure for Review.    The Plan Administrator shall establish administrative processes and safeguards to ensure
that all claims for benefits are reviewed in accordance with the Plan document and that, where appropriate, Plan provisions have been applied consistently to similarly situated Claimants. Any notification to a Claimant required hereunder may be
provided in writing or by electronic media, provided that any electronic notification shall comply with the applicable standards imposed under 29 CFR § 2520.104b–1(c). 
  
 8.1.3.  Claim Denial Procedure.    If a claim is wholly or partially denied, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Claimant
within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 90 days after receipt of the claim, unless the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If the Plan Administrator
determines that an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial 90-day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 180 days
from receipt of the claim. The extension notice shall indicate: (i) the special circumstances necessitating the extension and (ii) the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render a benefit determination. A benefit denial notice shall be
written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and shall set forth: 
 

 30 

Table of Contents

  
 (i)  the specific reason or reasons for the denial, (ii) the specific reference to
the Plan provisions on which the denial is based, (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim, with reasons therefor, and (iv) the procedure for reviewing the denial of the claim and
the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a legal action under section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on review. 
  
 8.1.4.  Appeal Procedure.    In the case of an adverse benefit determination, the Claimant or his
representative shall have the opportunity to appeal to the Plan Administrator for review thereof by requesting such review in writing to the Plan Administrator within 60 days of receipt of notification of the denial. Failure to submit a proper
application for appeal within such 60 day period will cause such claim to be permanently denied. The Claimant or his representative shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and
other information relevant to the claim. A document, record or other information shall be deemed “relevant” to a claim in accordance with 29 CFR § 2560.503-1(m)(8). The Claimant or his representative shall also be provided the
opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim for benefits. The Plan Administrator shall review the appeal taking into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted
by the Claimant or his representative relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. 
  
 8.1.5.  Decision on Appeal.    The Plan Administrator shall notify a Claimant of its decision on appeal within a reasonable period
of time, but not later than 60 days after receipt of the Claimant’s request for review, unless the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the appeal. If the Plan Administrator
determines that an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial 60-day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 60 days
from the end of the initial period. The extension notice shall indicate: (i) the special circumstances necessitating the extension and (ii) the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render a benefit determination. An adverse benefit
decision on appeal shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and shall set forth: (i) the specific reason or reasons for the adverse determination, (ii) the specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial
is based, (iii) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim (the relevance of a
document, record or other information will be determined in accordance with 29 CFR § 2560.503–1(m)(8)) and (iv) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a legal action under section 502(a) of ERISA. 
  
 8.2.  
Litigation.    In order to operate and administer the claims procedure in a timely and efficient manner, any Claimant whose appeal with respect to a claim for benefits has been denied, and who desires
to commence a legal action with respect to such claim, must commence such action in a court of competent jurisdiction within 90 days of receipt of 
 

 31 

Table of Contents

 notification of such denial. Failure to file such action by the prescribed time will forever bar the commencement of such action. 
  
  
 
ARTICLE IX 
  
 PLAN ADMINISTRATOR 
  
 9.1.  
Authority of Plan Administrator.    The Plan Administrator shall be the Plan’s “named fiduciary” and “administrator” as those terms are defined by ERISA, and its agent
designated to receive service of process. The Plan Administrator shall have exclusive responsibility and authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, including the interpretation and application of its provisions,
except to the extent such responsibility and authority are otherwise specifically (a) allocated to the Sponsor or the Trustee under the Plan and Trust Agreement; (b) delegated to other persons by the Sponsor, the Plan Administrator, or the Trustee;
or (c) allocated to other parties by operation of law. The Plan Administrator shall have no investment responsibility with respect to the Trust Fund. 
  
 9.2.  
Conclusive Determination of Plan Administrator.    The Plan Administrator shall have full responsibility and authority to interpret the Plan and such reasonable interpretation, made in good faith,
shall be final and conclusive on any Employee, former Employee, Participant, former Participant and Beneficiary. 
  
 9.3.  
General Equitable Authority to Correct Record-Keeping Mistakes.    Pursuant to the partial list of enumerated powers as set forth in this Article IX, the Plan Administrator shall have general equitable
authority to correct allocation errors, as set forth in Article III, made as a result of good faith error(s) in record-keeping for the Plan. 
  
 9.4.  
Reliance on Tables, etc.    In administering the Plan, the Plan Administrator will be entitled, to the extent permitted by law, to rely conclusively on all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions
and reports which are furnished by any accountant, Trustee, counsel or other expert who is employed or engaged by the Plan Administrator or by the Sponsor on the Plan Administrator’s behalf. 
  

9.5.  
Identity of Plan Administrator.    The Plan Administrator shall be a committee selected by the Board of Directors. Any individual(s), including but not limited to a director, shareholder, officer, or
other employee of the Sponsor, shall be eligible to serve as the Plan Administrator. If the Board of Directors does not designate a Plan Administrator, the Plan Administrator shall be the Sponsor and the Board of Directors may appoint an
Administrative Committee to advise the Sponsor in performance of its duties as Plan Administrator. If created, the committee shall have three members as appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors. The committee shall operate according to
rules and procedures similar to those set forth for operation of the Trustee described in Article X below. The Board of Directors shall have the power to remove the Plan Administrator and/or members of the committee at any time without cause and
without notice. The Board of Directors shall notify the Trustee upon removal, resignation, or other replacement of the Plan Administrator and/or members of the committee. 
 

 32 

Table of Contents

 9.6.  
Duties of Plan Administrator.    The Plan Administrator shall keep whatever records may be necessary to implement the Plan and shall furnish whatever reports may be required from time to time by the
Trustee and whatever information may be necessary properly to administer the Trust. The Plan Administrator shall see to the filing with the appropriate government agencies of all reports and returns required under ERISA and other applicable laws. In
addition, the Plan Administrator shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders that relate to the Plan, as provided in section 414(p) of the Code. 
  
 9.7.  
Responsibilities to Participants.    The Plan Administrator’s responsibilities shall include, but not be limited, to the following. The Plan Administrator shall determine which Employees are to
enter the Plan according to the terms of the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall furnish to each eligible Employee whatever summary plan description, summary annual reports, and other notices and information may be required by ERISA. The Plan
Administrator also shall determine when a Participant or his Beneficiary qualifies for benefits under the Plan and shall provide for the distribution of benefits in the proper form and amount from the assets of the Trust Fund. The Plan Administrator
shall, at least 30 but no more than 90 days prior to making any distribution, including a distribution that qualifies as an Eligible Rollover Distribution according to section 402(a)(5)(E) of the Code, furnish the Distributee with the written
statement required by section 402(f) of the Code. The required written statement must explain the tax consequences of the distribution, including the circumstances under which the distribution may be transferred to an Eligible Retirement Plan as
described in section 402(c)(8)(B) of the Code, without being subject to current tax, and under which a lump-sum distribution may be taxed at favorable forward-averaging rates. 
  
 9.8.  
Establishment of Participants’ Accounts.    The Plan Administrator shall maintain on its records for each Participant any and all Accounts that may be necessary in connection with participation in
the Plan. 
  
 9.9.    
Plan Expenses.    The reasonable expenses incurred by the Plan Administrator in connection with the operation of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the expenses incurred by reason of the
engagement of professional assistants and consultants, shall be expenses of the Plan and shall be payable from the Trust Fund at the direction of the Plan Administrator. The Sponsor shall have the option, but not the obligation, to cause the
Participating Employer to pay any such expenses, in whole or in part, and, by doing, to relieve the Trust Fund from the obligation of bearing such expenses. Payment of any such expenses by the Participating Employer on one occasion shall not bind
the Participating Employer to pay any similar expenses on any subsequent occasion. 
  
 9.10.  

Indemnification of Plan Administrator.    Each person who serves as Plan Administrator and any other person who is an employee or director of the Participating Employer shall be indemnified by the
Participating Employer against expenses (other than amounts paid in settlement to which the Participating Employer does not consent) reasonably incurred by him in connection with any action to which he may be a party by reason of his performance of

 

 33 

Table of Contents

 administrative functions and duties under the Plan, except in relationship to matters as to which he shall be adjudged in such action to be personally guilty of
willful misconduct in the performance of his duties. The foregoing right to indemnification shall be in addition to such other rights as the person serving as Plan Administrator may enjoy as a matter of law or by reason of insurance coverage of any
kind. Rights granted hereunder shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any rights to indemnification to which the person serving as a Plan Administrator or other person may be entitled pursuant to the bylaws of the Participating Employer.

  
  
 
ARTICLE X 
  
 TRUST FUND 
  
 10.1.  
Designation of Trustee.    The Sponsor, by appropriate resolution of its Board of Directors, shall name and designate a Trustee and enter into a Trust Agreement with such Trustee. The Sponsor shall
have the power, by appropriate resolution of its Board of Directors, to amend the Trust Agreement. All of the assets of the Plan shall be held in trust by the Trustee for use in accordance with this Plan in providing for the benefits hereunder.

  
 10.2.  
Exclusive Benefit.    No part of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund shall be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries, except as
specifically provided in this Plan and in the Trust Agreement. 
  
 10.3.  
No Interest in Fund.    No person shall have any interest in, or right to, any part of the assets or income of the Trust Fund, except to the extent expressly provided in this Plan and in the Trust
Agreement. 
  
 10.4.  
Trustee to be Fiduciary.    The Trustee shall be a fiduciary with respect to management and control of Trust Assets and shall have exclusive and sole responsibility for the custody and investment
thereof in accordance with the Trust Agreement. 
  
 10.5.  
Investments. 
  
 10.5.1.  The Trustee shall invest each Participant’s
Company Contribution Account in an investment medium dedicated to Company Stock, except as set forth in Section 10.6 and except as otherwise prudent and necessary. All contributions allocated to Participants’ Company Contribution Accounts and
not invested in Company Stock or pursuant to Section 10.6 shall be held by the Trustee in cash or cash instruments. Such investments acquired in the manner prescribed by the Plan shall be held by or for the Trustee. 
  
 10.5.2.  If the Trustee shall receive a tender for all or a portion of the Company Stock held by the Plan from any person
other than the Sponsor, the Trustee shall communicate the tender, along with all accompanying materials, to Participants. The Trustee shall also provide Participants with such information, including the opinions of professional advisors as may be
engaged by the Trustee in his discretion, as shall be necessary for Participants to make an informed decision with respect to such tender. Each Participant in the Plan shall direct the Trustee as to tender of shares of Company Stock held in his
individual Account in the 
 

 34 

Table of Contents

 Trust and not held in the Unallocated Stock Suspense Account with respect to such tender offer. Such direction shall be made upon a
proxy form upon which directions may be indicated to the Trustee. The Trustee shall tender such allocated shares of Company Stock as instructed by Participants. Unallocated Shares in the Suspense Account and allocated shares for which no direction
is received shall be tendered in proportion to the number of shares of Company Stock tendered by Participants according to the above-described proxy as a fraction of all shares of Company Stock for which directions are received from Participants.
Fraction shares of Company Stock for which directions are received shall be combined to the extent practicable to reflect Participants’ directions. Subject to a decision in favor of such tender (if such tender offer is not from the Sponsor) and
subject to any restrictions on transfer of Company Stock contained in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws of the Sponsor, the Trustee may sell shares of Company Stock to any person (including the Sponsor) provided that any such sale must
be made at a price not less favorable to the Plan than fair market value. 
  
 10.6.  
Participant Diversification of Investments. 
  
 10.6.1  Notwithstanding any
Plan provision to the contrary, a Participant who is a Qualified Participant may elect, within 90 days after the last day of each Plan Year in his Qualified Election Period, to direct the investment of 25% or 50% with respect to the last year of the
Qualified Election Period) of the sum of (A) the value of his Accounts, determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with the last day of the preceding Plan Year, plus (B) the aggregate amount of distributions paid to the Participant during his
Qualified Election Period. The amount of the Participant’s Account a Participant may direct shall be reduced by the aggregate amount of distributions paid to the Participant during his Qualified Election Period. 
  
 The Participant shall make an election under this Section in writing in a form prescribed by the Plan Administrator. 
  
 10.6.2.  A Qualified Participant who makes an election under this Section 10.6 to direct a portion of his Account under the
Plan shall either: (a) be offered the opportunity to invest the diversified portion in at least three investment options under the Plan other than investment in employer securities; or (b) receive, upon the Participant’s written consent, the
directed portion as a distribution under the Plan. Any investment or distribution under this Section 10.6 shall be made within 90 days after the last day of the 90-day election period described above in which the Participant elects to receive a
distribution. 
  
 10.7.  
Voting of Company Stock.    Each Participant in the Plan shall direct the Trustee as to voting of shares of Company Stock held in his individual Account in the Trust and not held in the Unallocated
Stock Suspense Account with respect to all corporate matters upon which the Sponsor’s shareholders are entitled or permitted to vote. At the time proxy materials are forwarded to the Sponsor’s shareholders for each annual or special
meeting, the Sponsor shall furnish each Participant who has an Account that includes Company Stock such proxy materials and a proxy form upon which voting directions may be indicated to the Trustee. Each Participant shall have one vote for each
share of Company Stock credited to his Accounts. The Trustee shall vote such allocated shares of Company Stock as instructed by Participants. Shares 
 

 35 

Table of Contents

 of Company Stock held by the Plan in the Unallocated Stock Suspense Account and allocated shares for which no direction is received shall be voted in the same
proportion as allocated shares for which direction is received from Participants. Fractional shares of Company Stock for which directions are received shall be combined to the extent practicable to reflect Participants’ directions.

  
 10.8.  
Liability of Trustee.    The Trustee and all persons employed by the Sponsor who are engaged in administering the Plan shall be entitled to rely upon all valuations, certificates and reports furnished
by an accountant on behalf of the Trust or by an Independent Appraiser selected by the Trustee, and upon all opinions given by any legal counsel selected by the Trustee. The Trustee, the Participating Employer, and its officers and directors and all
persons employed by Participating Employers who are engaged in administering the Plan (a) shall be fully protected with respect to any action taken by them in good faith which is based upon such valuation, certificate, report or opinion and all
actions so taken shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons under the Plan; and (b) shall not be personally liable by reason of any instrument made or executed by them or on their behalf or in the course of administering the Plan or for any
mistake of judgment made by them or any other person, or for any neglect, omission or wrongdoing of any other person or for any loss to the Plan unless resulting from their own willful misconduct. 
  
 10.9.  
Indemnification.    Each Trustee who is an individual and each director and officer of the Participating Employer shall be indemnified by the Participating Employer to the extent permitted by law
against all expenses (including costs and attorneys’ fees) actually and necessarily incurred or paid by him in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding in any way relating to or arising from the Plan to which he may be made
a party by reason of his being or having been a Trustee, or a director or officer of the Participating Employer or by reason of any action or omission or alleged action or omission by him in such capacity, and against any amount or amounts which may
be paid by him (other than to the Participating Employer) in reasonable settlement of any such action, suit or proceeding, where it is in the interest of the Participating Employer that such settlement be made. In cases where such action, suit, or
proceeding shall proceed to final adjudication, such indemnification shall not extend to matters as to which it shall be adjudged that such Trustee or, director or officer of the Participating Employer is liable for willful misconduct in the
performance of his duties as such. The right of indemnification herein provided shall not be exclusive of other rights to which any Trustee, director or officer of the Participating Employer may now hereafter be entitled, shall continue as to a
person who has ceased to be a Trustee or, director or officer of the Participating Employer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Trustee, director or officer of the Participating Employer. 

 
  
 
ARTICLE XI 
  
 ACQUISITION LOANS 
  
 11.1.  
Acquisition Loan for Financing Purchase of Company Stock.    The Trustee may cause the Plan to incur Acquisition Loans from time to time to finance the acquisition of Company Stock or to repay a prior
Acquisition Loan. An installment obligation incurred in 
 

 36 

Table of Contents

 connection with the purchase of Company Stock shall be treated as an Acquisition Loan. Except as provided below, an Acquisition Loan shall be for a specific
term, shall bear a reasonable rate of interest and shall not be payable on demand except in the event of default, provided that the default provisions under such Acquisition Loan comply with exempt loan regulations issued under section 4975(d)(3) of
the Code. An Acquisition Loan shall be without recourse against the Plan. The only Trust Assets that may be given as collateral on an Acquisition Loan are Financed Shares acquired with the proceeds of the Acquisition Loan and Financed Shares pledged
as collateral on a prior Acquisition Loan repaid with the proceeds of the current Acquisition Loan. No person entitled to payment under an Acquisition Loan shall have any right to Trust Assets other than collateral given for such Acquisition Loan,
contributions made under this Plan to meet the Plan’s obligations under such Acquisition Loan, and earnings attributable to the collateral or to investment of such contributions. If an Acquisition Loan is an Exempt Loan, the Acquisition Loan
documents must provide for a transfer of Trust Assets on default only upon and to the extent of the failure of the Trust to meet the payment schedule of the Acquisition Loan. Any pledge of Financed Shares must provide for the release of the shares
so pledged as payments on the Acquisition Loan are made and such Financed Shares are allocated to Participants’ Company Stock Accounts under Section 4.4. The Trustee may use Company Contributions and earnings attributable to Company
Contributions (including cash dividends received on Financed Shares to the extent described in Section 4.5, including both dividends paid on unallocated Financed Shares and dividends paid on allocated Financed Shares, that the Trustees determines
should be applied to repayment of the Acquisition Loan related to such Financed Shares) to make payments of principal and/or interest on any Acquisition Loan. 
  
 11.2.  
Release of Financed Shares.    Any Financed Shares acquired by the Trust shall initially be credited to the Unallocated Stock Suspense Account and will be allocated to the Company Stock Accounts of
eligible Participants only as payments on the Acquisition Loan are made by the Trustee. The number of Financed Shares to be released from the Unallocated Stock Suspense Account for allocation to Participants’ Company Stock Accounts for each
Plan Year shall be the number of Financed Shares held in the Unallocated Stock Suspense Account immediately before the release for the current Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of principal paid on the
Acquisition Loan for that Plan Year and the denominator of which is the sum of the numerator and the total of all payments of principal on that Acquisition Loan to be paid during the remaining term of the Acquisition Loan. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the release method described shall be used only if: 
  
 11.2.1.  the Acquisition Loan provides for annual payments of principal and interest at a cumulative rate that is not less rapid at any time than level annual
payments of such amounts for ten years; 
  
 11.2.2.  interest included in any payment on the
Acquisition Loan is disregarded only to the extent that it is interest determined under standard loan amortization tables; and 
 

 37 

Table of Contents

 11.2.3.  the sum of the expired duration of an Acquisition Loan, the renewal period, the extension period,
and the duration of a new Acquisition Loan does not exceed ten years by reason of a renewal, extension, or refinancing of an Acquisition Loan. 
  
 If any of
these three conditions are not met, then, notwithstanding the foregoing, the numerator of the fraction above shall be the amount of principal and interest paid on the Acquisition Loan for that Plan Year and the denominator shall be the sum of the
numerator and the total of all payments of principal and interest on that Acquisition Loan to be paid during the remaining term of the Acquisition Loan. The Plan Administrator may also designate, by certificate provided to the Trustee after the
Trust has entered into an Acquisition Loan but prior to release of stock resulting from repayment of such Acquisition Loan, that the release method shall be according to payments of principal and interest rather than principal only. Such certificate
shall be binding upon the Trustee. 
  
 11.3.  
Company Stock Acquired through an Acquisition Loan.    Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Acquisition Loan shall not at that time or any time thereafter be subject to any put, call, option,
buy-sell or other similar arrangement, other than the Put Option described in Section 6.8. This restriction and the Put Option described in Section 6.8 shall continue notwithstanding termination of this Plan or termination of the status of this Plan
as an employer stock ownership plan under section 4975(c)(7) of the Code and regulations thereunder. 
  
  
 
ARTICLE XII 
  
 NO ASSIGNMENT OF BENEFITS 
  
 12.1.  
No Assignment of Benefits.    A Participant’s Account or his entitlement to receive any benefit under this Plan may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in equity), alienated or subject
to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process, except in accordance with a Qualified Domestic Relations Order as defined in section 414(p) of the Code and described in Section 12.2 below. 
  
 12.2.
  Qualified Domestic Relations Orders.    A person other than a Participant or his Beneficiary may acquire an interest in the Participant’s benefits pursuant to a Qualified Domestic
Relations Order. Upon receipt of a Domestic Relations Order, the Plan Administrator shall promptly notify the Participant and any Alternate Payee named in such order of the receipt of such order and the Plan’s procedures for determining the
qualified status of Domestic Relations Orders. The order must not require any form or type of benefit of any option not available under this Plan, must not require the Plan to provide benefits greater in value than the Actuarial Equivalent of the
benefits otherwise provided hereunder, and must not require any payment which would be in conflict with a payment required to be made to another Alternate Payee under the terms of a prior Qualified Domestic Relations Order. Within a reasonable
period after receipt of such order (but in no event longer than eighteen months) the Plan Administrator shall notify the Participant and each Alternate Payee of its determination. Pending such determination the Plan Administrator shall direct the
Trustees to segregate the Trust Assets subject to such order in either a separate account in the Trust Fund or in an escrow account. At the conclusion of the eighteen-month period (or on such earlier date as the determination of 

 38 

Table of Contents

 qualified status has been made) the Trust Assets subject to the order shall be paid pursuant to the terms of the order provided the order is qualified. If the
order is not qualified (or no determination can be made within such time period) the Trust Assets shall be paid in the same manner as if the order had not been issued. The Plan Administrator shall establish reasonable procedures to implement the
requirements of this Section 12.2. 
  
  
 
ARTICLE XIII 
  
 FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY 
  
 13.1.  
Named Fiduciary.    The Plan Administrator, the Trustee, and the Sponsor shall be the Named Fiduciaries for the Plan within the meaning of section 402(a) of ERISA. 
  
 13.2.  
Bonding of Fiduciaries.    The Plan Administrator shall insure that the Trustee and all other Plan fiduciaries handling funds are bonded in accordance with section 412 of ERISA. 

 
 13.3.  
Responsibility of Fiduciaries.    Any fiduciary with respect to the Plan shall discharge his duties solely in the interests of Participants and Beneficiaries for the exclusive purpose of providing
benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of the Plan. In addition, any fiduciary with respect to the Plan shall discharge his duties with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then
prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of like character and with like aims. 
  
  
 
ARTICLE XIV 
  
 FUTURE OF PLAN 
  
 14.1.  
Possibility of Amendment or Termination.    The Sponsor reserves the right to amend or terminate this Plan (in whole or in part) and the Trust Agreement at any time, by action of its Board of
Directors. Neither amendment or termination of the Plan shall retroactively reduce the accrued benefits or vested rights of Participants nor permit any part of the Trust Assets to be diverted to or used for any purpose other than for the exclusive
benefit of the Participants (and their Beneficiaries). 
  
 The Sponsor specifically reserves the right to amend the Plan and the
Trust Agreement retroactively in order to satisfy any applicable requirements of the Code and ERISA. 
  
 The Sponsor further
reserves the right to terminate the Plan in the event of a determination by the Internal Revenue Service (after a timely “Application for Determination” is filed) that the Plan initially fails to satisfy the applicable requirements of
section 401(a) of the Code. In that event, all Trust Assets shall (upon written direction of the Sponsor) be returned to the respective Participating Employers, and the Plan and the Trust shall terminate. 
  
 14.2.
  Merger or Consolidation.    In the event of the merger or consolidation of this Plan with another plan, or the transfer of Trust Assets (or liabilities) to another plan, the

 

 39 

Table of Contents

 Account balances of each Participant immediately after such merger, consolidation, or transfer must be at least as great as immediately before such merger,
consolidation, or transfer (as if the Plan had then terminated). 
  
  
 
ARTICLE XV 
  
 VETERANS’ REEMPLOYMENT RIGHTS 
  

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to Qualified Military Service will be provided in accordance with
section 414(u) of the Code as summarized below: 
  
 15.1.  
Crediting Service. 
  
 15.1.1.  An Employee reemployed by the Employer in
accordance with Chapter 43 of Title 38 of the United States Code shall be treated as not having incurred a Break in Service with the Employer by reason of such Employee’s period of Qualified Military Service. 
  
 15.1.2.  Upon reemployment by the Employer in accordance with Chapter 43 of Title 38 of the United States Code, an
Employee’s period of Qualified Military Service shall be deemed service with the Employer for purposes of determining the vested percentage of the Employee’s Account. 
  
 15.2.  
Compensation.    An Employee who is in Qualified Military Service shall be treated as receiving compensation from the Employer during such period of Qualified Military Service equal to: 

 
 15.2.1.  the compensation the Employee would have received during such period if the Employee were not in
Qualified Military Service, determined based on the rate of pay the Employee would have received from the Employer but for absence during the period of Qualified Military Service; or 
  
 15.2.2.  if the compensation the Employee would have received during such period was not reasonably certain, the Employee’s average compensation from the
Employer during the 12-month period immediately preceding the Qualified Military Service (or, if shorter, the period of employment immediately preceding the Qualified Military Service). 
  
 15.3.  
Qualified Military Service.    For purposes of the Plan, the term “Qualified Military Service” means any service in the “uniformed services” (as defined in Chapter 43 of Title 38 of
the United States Code) by any Employee if such Employee is entitled to reemployment rights under such Chapter with respect to such service. 
 

 40 

Table of Contents

 15.4.  
Earnings and Forfeitures.    Nothing in this Article XVI shall be construed as requiring: 
  
 15.4.1.  any crediting of earnings to an Employee with respect to any contribution before such contribution is actually made; or 
  
 15.4.2.  the allocation of any forfeiture with respect to the period of an Employee’s Qualified Military Service. 
  
  
 
ARTICLE XVI 
  
 GENERAL PROVISIONS 
  
 16.1.  
No Employment Rights.    Neither the action of the Sponsor or another Participating Employer in establishing the Plan, nor any provisions of the Plan, nor any action taken by the Participating Employer
or by the Plan Administrator shall be construed as giving to any Employee of the Participating Employer the right to be retained in its employ, or any right to payment except to the extent of the benefits provided in the Plan to be paid from the
Trust Fund. 
  
 16.2.  
Source of Benefits.    All benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid or provided solely from the Trust Fund, and the Participating Employer assumes no liability or responsibility therefor.

  
 16.3.  
Governing Law.    Except to the extent superseded by ERISA, all questions pertaining to the validity, construction, and operation of the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. 
  
 16.4.  
Incapacity.    If the Plan Administrator deems any Participant or Beneficiary who is entitled to receive benefits hereunder incapable of receiving or disbursing the same by reason of age, illness, or
infirmity or incapacity of any kind, the Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee to apply such payments directly for the comfort, support and maintenance of such Participant or Beneficiary, or to pay the same to any responsible person caring for
the Participant or Beneficiary who is determined by the Plan Administrator to be qualified to receive and disburse such payments for the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s benefit; and the receipt by such person shall be a complete acquittance
for the payment of the benefit. Payments pursuant to this Section shall be complete discharge to the extent thereof of any and all liability of the Participating Employer, the Plan Administrator, the Trustee, and the Trust Fund. 

 
 16.5.  
Adoption of Plan By Other Employer.    Any Participating Employer presently existing or hereafter acquired may, with the consent of the Sponsor, adopt this Plan and the Trust created hereunder. In the
event that a Participant is transferred from a Participating Employer to another Participating Employer, the Participant shall retain his Accounts under the Plan and all credits for service under the Plan. 
 

 41 

Table of Contents

  
 To record the adoption of this amendment and restatement of the Plan, Penn Virginia Corporation
has caused this document to be executed this              day of             , 2001. 
  
 
	 PENN VIRGINIA CORPORATION
 
	 
	 By:
 	 	 /s/            
 

	  	 	 President
 

 
  
 
	  
	 
	 Attest:
 	 	 /s/            
 

	  	 	 Secretary
 

 
  
 Seal 
 

 42 

Table of Contents

 
 
APPENDIX A 
  
 Penn Virginia Corporation 
 Penn Virginia Coal Company 
 Penn Virginia Oil and Gas Corporation

 Penn Virginia Oil and Gas Corporation, a Texas corporation (effective July 1, 2001) 
 Penn Virginia Resources GP, LLC (effective September 14, 2001)

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00035-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00035-of-00352.parquet"}]]